English
Tiếng Việt
(en)Compounds having antibacterial activity are disclosed. The compounds have the following structure (I):
including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined herein. Methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, are also disclosed.
including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined herein. Methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, are also disclosed.
1.ApplicationNumber: US-201213441693-A
1.PublishNumber: US-2012283207-A1
2.Date Publish: 20121108
3.Inventor: MAIANTI JUAN PABLO
AGGEN JAMES BRADLEY
DOZZO PAOLA
GOLDBLUM ADAM AARON
LINSELL MARTIN SHERINGHAM
HANESSIAN STEPHEN
GIGUERE ALEXANDRE
GRZYB JUSTYNA
4.Inventor Harmonized: MAIANTI JUAN PABLO(US)
AGGEN JAMES BRADLEY(US)
DOZZO PAOLA(US)
GOLDBLUM ADAM AARON(US)
LINSELL MARTIN SHERINGHAM(US)
HANESSIAN STEPHEN(CA)
GIGUERE ALEXANDRE(CA)
GRZYB JUSTYNA(CA)
5.Country: US
6.Claims:
(en)Compounds having antibacterial activity are disclosed. The compounds have the following structure (I):
including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined herein. Methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, are also disclosed.
7.Description:
(en)CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of International PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/052040, filed on Oct. 8, 2010, now pending, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/250,114 filed Oct. 9, 2009. The foregoing applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
This invention was made with government support under Contract No. HHSN272200800043C, awarded by the National Institutes of Health, an agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services. The government has certain rights in this invention.
BACKGROUND
1. Field
The present invention is directed to novel aminoglycoside compounds, and methods for their preparation and use as therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
2. Description of the Related Art
A particular interest in modern drug discovery is the development of novel low molecular weight drugs that work by binding to RNA. RNA, which serves as a messenger between DNA and proteins, was thought to be an entirely flexible molecule without significant structural complexity. Recent studies have revealed a surprising intricacy in RNA structure. RNA has a structural complexity rivaling proteins, rather than simple motifs like DNA. Genome sequencing reveals both the sequences of the proteins and the mRNAs that encode them. Since proteins are synthesized using an RNA template, such proteins can be inhibited by preventing their production in the first place by interfering with the translation of the mRNA. Since both proteins and the RNAs are potential drug targeting sites, the number of targets revealed from genome sequencing efforts is effectively doubled. These observations unlock a new world of opportunities for the pharmaceutical industry to target RNA with small molecules.
Classical drug discovery has focused on proteins as targets for intervention. Proteins can be extremely difficult to isolate and purify in the appropriate form for use in assays for drug screening. Many proteins require post-translational modifications that occur only in specific cell types under specific conditions. Proteins fold into globular domains with hydrophobic cores and hydrophilic and charged groups on the surface. Multiple subunits frequently form complexes, which may be required for a valid drug screen. Membrane proteins usually need to be embedded in a membrane to retain their proper shape. The smallest practical unit of a protein that can be used in drug screening is a globular domain. The notion of removing a single alpha helix or turn of a beta sheet and using it in a drug screen is not practical, since only the intact protein may have the appropriate 3-dimensional shape for drug binding. Preparation of biologically active proteins for screening is a major limitation in classical high throughput screening. Quite often the limiting reagent in high throughput screening efforts is a biologically active form of a protein which can also be quite expensive.
For screening to discover compounds that bind RNA targets, the classic approaches used for proteins can be superceded with new approaches. All RNAs are essentially equivalent in their solubility, ease of synthesis or use in assays. The physical properties of RNAs are independent of the protein they encode. They may be readily prepared in large quantity through either chemical or enzymatic synthesis and are not extensively modified in vivo. With RNA, the smallest practical unit for drug binding is the functional subdomain. A functional subdomain in RNA is a fragment that, when removed from the larger RNA and studied in isolation, retains its biologically relevant shape and protein or RNA-binding properties. The size and composition of RNA functional subdomains make them accessible by enzymatic or chemical synthesis. The structural biology community has developed significant experience in identification of functional RNA subdomains in order to facilitate structural studies by techniques such as NMR spectroscopy. For example, small analogs of the decoding region of 16S rRNA (the A-site) have been identified as containing only the essential region, and have been shown to bind antibiotics in the same fashion as the intact ribosome.
The binding sites on RNA are hydrophilic and relatively open as compared to proteins. The potential for small molecule recognition based on shape is enhanced by the deformability of RNA. The binding of molecules to specific RNA targets can be determined by global conformation and the distribution of charged, aromatic, and hydrogen bonding groups off of a relatively rigid scaffold. Properly placed positive charges are believed to be important, since long-range electrostatic interactions can be used to steer molecules into a binding pocket with the proper orientation. In structures where nucleobases are exposed, stacking interactions with aromatic functional groups may contribute to the binding interaction. The major groove of RNA provides many sites for specific hydrogen bonding with a ligand. These include the aromatic N7 nitrogen atoms of adenosine and guanosine, the O4 and O6 oxygen atoms of uridine and guanosine, and the amines of adenosine and cytidine. The rich structural and sequence diversity of RNA suggests to us that ligands can be created with high affinity and specificity for their target.
Although our understanding of RNA structure and folding, as well as the modes in which RNA is recognized by other ligands, is far from being comprehensive, significant progress has been made in the last decade (see, e.g., Chow, C. S.; Bogdan, F. M., Chem. Rev., 1997, 97, 1489 and Wallis, M. G.; Schroeder, R., Prog. Biophys. Molec. Biol. 1997, 67, 141). Despite the central role RNA plays in the replication of bacteria, drugs that target these pivotal RNA sites of these pathogens are scarce. The increasing problem of bacterial resistance to antibiotics makes the search for novel RNA binders of crucial importance.
Certain small molecules can bind and block essential functions of RNA. Examples of such molecules include the aminoglycoside antibiotics and drugs such as erythromycin which binds to bacterial rRNA and releases peptidyl-tRNA and mRNA. Aminoglycoside antibiotics have long been known to bind RNA. They exert their antibacterial effects by binding to specific target sites in the bacterial ribosome. For the structurally related antibiotics neamine, ribostamycin, neomycin B, and paromomycin, the binding site has been localized to the A-site of the prokaryotic 16S ribosomal decoding region RNA (see Moazed, D.; Noller, H. F., Nature, 1987, 327, 389). Binding of aminoglycosides to this RNA target interferes with the fidelity of mRNA translation and results in miscoding and truncation, leading ultimately to bacterial cell death (see Alper, P. B.; Hendrix, M.; Sears, P.; Wong, C., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1998, 120, 1965).
There is a need in the art for new chemical entities that work against bacteria with broad-spectrum activity. Perhaps the biggest challenge in discovering RNA-binding antibacterial drugs is identifying vital structures common to bacteria that can be disabled by small molecule drug binding. A challenge in targeting RNA with small molecules is to develop a chemical strategy which recognizes specific shapes of RNA. There are three sets of data that provide hints on how to do this: natural protein interactions with RNA, natural product antibiotics that bind RNA, and man-made RNAs (aptamers) that bind proteins and other molecules. Each data set, however, provides different insights to the problem.
Several classes of drugs obtained from natural sources have been shown to work by binding to RNA or RNA/protein complexes. These include three different structural classes of antibiotics: thiostreptone, the aminoglycoside family and the macrolide family of antibiotics. These examples provide powerful clues to how small molecules and targets might be selected. Nature has selected RNA targets in the ribosome, one of the most ancient and conserved targets in bacteria. Since antibacterial drugs are desired to be potent and have broad-spectrum activity, these ancient processes, fundamental to all bacterial life, represent attractive targets. The closer we get to ancient conserved functions the more likely we are to find broadly conserved RNA shapes. It is important to also consider the shape of the equivalent structure in humans, since bacteria were unlikely to have considered the therapeutic index of their RNAs while evolving them.
A large number of natural antibiotics exist, these include the aminoglycosides, such as, kirromycin, neomycin, paromomycin, thiostrepton, and many others. They are very potent, bactericidal compounds that bind RNA of the small ribosomal subunit. The bactericidal action is mediated by binding to the bacterial RNA in a fashion that leads to misreading of the genetic code. Misreading of the code during translation of integral membrane proteins is thought to produce abnormal proteins that compromise the barrier properties of the bacterial membrane.
Antibiotics are chemical substances produced by various species of microorganisms (bacteria, fungi, actinomycetes) that suppress the growth of other microorganisms and may eventually destroy them. However, common usage often extends the term antibiotics to include synthetic antibacterial agents, such as the sulfonamides, and quinolines, that are not products of microbes. The number of antibiotics that have been identified now extends into the hundreds, and many of these have been developed to the stage where they are of value in the therapy of infectious diseases. Antibiotics differ markedly in physical, chemical, and pharmacological properties, antibacterial spectra, and mechanisms of action. In recent years, knowledge of molecular mechanisms of bacterial, fungal, and viral replication has greatly facilitated rational development of compounds that can interfere with the life cycles of these microorganisms.
At least 30% of all hospitalized patients now receive one or more courses of therapy with antibiotics, and millions of potentially fatal infections have been cured. At the same time, these pharmaceutical agents have become among the most misused of those available to the practicing physician. One result of widespread use of antimicrobial agents has been the emergence of antibiotic-resistant pathogens, which in turn has created an ever-increasing need for new drugs. Many of these agents have also contributed significantly to the rising costs of medical care.
When the antimicrobial activity of a new agent is first tested, a pattern of sensitivity and resistance is usually defined. Unfortunately, this spectrum of activity can subsequently change to a remarkable degree, because microorganisms have evolved the array of ingenious alterations discussed above that allow them to survive in the presence of antibiotics. The mechanism of drug resistance varies from microorganism to microorganism and from drug to drug.
The development of resistance to antibiotics usually involves a stable genetic change, inheritable from generation to generation. Any of the mechanisms that result in alteration of bacterial genetic composition can operate. While mutation is frequently the cause, resistance to antimicrobial agents may be acquired through transfer of genetic material from one bacterium to another by transduction, transformation or conjugation.
For the foregoing reasons, while progress has been made in this field, there is a need for new chemical entities that possess antibacterial activity. Further, in order to accelerate the drug discovery process, new methods for synthesizing aminoglycoside antibiotics are needed to provide an array of compounds that are potentially new drugs for the treatment of bacterial infections. The present invention fulfills these needs and provides further related advantages.
BRIEF SUMMARY
In brief, the present invention is directed to novel aminoglycoside compounds, having antibacterial activity, including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, and the use of such compounds in the treatment of bacterial infections.
In one embodiment, compounds having the following structure (I) are provided:
or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Q 1 is —NR 1 R 2 , —NR 1 R 11 , —NR 11 R 12 or —OR 3 ; Q 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,
each R 1 and R 2 is, independently, hydrogen or an amino protecting group;
each R 3 is, independently, hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group;
each R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R 8 is, independently, hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 6 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms, or R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 7 and R 8 together with the atom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 9 is, independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 10 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 9 and one R 10 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 11 and R 12 is, independently, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
each n is, independently, an integer from 0 to 4;
Z 1 is hydrogen or halogen; and
Z 2 is hydrogen, halogen or —OR 3 .
In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is provided comprising a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
In another embodiment, a method of using a compound having structure (I) in therapy is provided. In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. In addition, the present invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
These and other aspects of the invention will be apparent upon reference to the following detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In the following description, certain specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments of the invention. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the invention may be practiced without these details.
Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the present specification and claims, the word “comprise” and variations thereof, such as, “comprises” and “comprising” are to be construed in an open, inclusive sense, that is as “including, but not limited to”.
Reference throughout this specification to “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
“Amino” refers to the —NH 2 radical.
“Cyano” refers to the —CN radical.
“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the —OH radical.
“Imino” refers to the ═NH substituent.
“Nitro” refers to the —NO 2 radical.
“Oxo” refers to the ═O substituent.
“Thioxo” refers to the ═S substituent.
“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), having from one to twelve carbon atoms (C 1 -C 12 alkyl), preferably one to eight carbon atoms (C 1 -C 8 alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (C 1 -C 6 alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or double bond and to the radical group through a single or double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionally substituted.
“Alkoxy” refers to a radical of the formula —OR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted.
“Alkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula —NHR a or —NR a R a where each R a is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted.
“Thioalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —SR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Aryl” refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical comprising hydrogen, 6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the aryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-” (such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted.
“Aralkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b —R e where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R e is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Cycloalkyl” or “carbocyclic ring” refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ring systems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Monocyclic radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R d where R d is an alkylene chain as defined above and R g is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cyeloalkylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Fused” refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure in the compounds of the invention. When the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with a nitrogen atom.
“Halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.
“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a haloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic ring” refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring radical which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the heterocyclyl radical may be partially or fully saturated. Examples of such heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.
“N-heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a N-heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R e where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R e is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl may be attached to the alkyl radical at the nitrogen atom. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heteroaryl” refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl, 1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted.
“N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heteroaryl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an N-heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R f where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R f is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
The term “substituted” used herein means any of the above groups (i.e., alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, thioalkyl groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. “Substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- or triple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles. For example, “substituted” includes any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with —NR g R h , —NR g C(═O)R h , —NR g C(═O)NR g R h , —NR g C(═O)OR h , —NR g C(═NR g )NR g R h , —NR g SO 2 R h , —OC(═O)NR g R h , —OR g , —SR g , —SOR g , —SO 2 R g , —OSO 2 R g , —SO 2 OR g , ═NSO 2 R g , and —SO 2 NR g R h . “Substituted also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with —C(═O)R g , —C(═O)OR g , —C(═O)NR g R h , —CH 2 SO 2 R g , —CH 2 SO 2 NR g R h . In the foregoing, R g and R h are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. “Substituted” further means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl group. In addition, each of the foregoing substituents may also be optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.
The term “protecting group,” as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect reactive groups including without limitation, hydroxyl and amino groups, against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. Hydroxyl and amino groups which protected with a protecting group are referred to herein as “protected hydroxyl groups” and “protected amino groups”, respectively. Protecting groups are typically used selectively and/or orthogonally to protect sites during reactions at other reactive sites and can then be removed to leave the unprotected group as is or available for further reactions. Protecting groups as known in the art are described generally in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999). Groups can be selectively incorporated into aminoglycosides of the invention as precursors. For example an amino group can be placed into a compound of the invention as an azido group that can be chemically converted to the amino group at a desired point in the synthesis. Generally, groups are protected or present as a precursor that will be inert to reactions that modify other areas of the parent molecule for conversion into their final groups at an appropriate time. Further representative protecting or precursor groups are discussed in Agrawal, et al., Protocols for Oligonucleotide Conjugates, Eds, Humana Press; New Jersey, 1994; Vol. 26 pp. 1-72. Examples of “hydroxyl protecting groups” include, but are not limited to, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triphenylsilyl, benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, pivaloate, benzoate, p-phenylbenzoate, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate and tosylate. Examples of “amino protecting groups” include, but are not limited to, carbamate-protecting groups, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc), 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyflethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); amide protecting groups, such as formyl, acetyl, trihaloacetyl, benzoyl, and nitrophenylacetyl; sulfonamide-protecting groups, such as 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyl; and imine and cyclic imide protecting groups, such as phthalimido and dithiasuccinoyl.
“Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound of the invention. Thus, the term “prodrug” refers to a metabolic precursor of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an active compound of the invention. Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the invention, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound of the invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound of the invention may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound of the invention in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound of the invention. Prodrugs include compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the compound of the invention is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol or amide derivatives of amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention and the like.
The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds of structure (I) being isotopically-labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, and 125 I, respectively. These radiolabelled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action. Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of structure (I), for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2 H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11 C, 18 F, 15 O and 13 N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this invention to a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabelled compound of the invention in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
“Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
“Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratory animals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife and the like.
“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “optionally substituted aryl” means that the aryl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted aryl radicals and aryl radicals having no substitution.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base addition salts.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid, 2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, undecylenic acid, and the like.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and caffeine.
Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of the invention. As used herein, the term “solvate” refers to an aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the invention with one or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be water, in which case the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively, the solvent may be an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the present invention may exist as a hydrate, including a monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate, sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as the corresponding solvated forms. The compound of the invention may be true solvates, while in other cases, the compound of the invention may merely retain adventitious water or be a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.
A “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound of the invention and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients therefor.
“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” refers to that amount of a compound of the invention which, when administered to a mammal, preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined below, of a bacterial infection in the mammal, preferably a human. The amount of a compound of the invention which constitutes a “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and the age of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure.
“Treating” or “treatment” as used herein covers the treatment of the disease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, having the disease or condition of interest, and includes:
(i) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it;
(ii) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.e., arresting its development;
(iii) relieving the disease or condition, i.e., causing regression of the disease or condition; or
(iv) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, i.e., relieving pain without addressing the underlying disease or condition. As used herein, the terms “disease” and “condition” may be used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.
The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers”, which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another.
A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule. The present invention includes tautomers of any said compounds.
As noted above, in one embodiment of the present invention, compounds having antibacterial activity are provided, the compounds having the following structure (I):
or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Q 1 is —NR 1 R 2 , —NR 1 R 11 , —NR 11 R 12 or —OR 3 ; Q 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,
each R 1 and R 2 is, independently, hydrogen or an amino protecting group;
each R 3 is, independently, hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group;
each R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R 8 is, independently, hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 6 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms, or R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 7 and R 8 together with the atom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 9 is, independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 10 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 9 and one R 10 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 11 and R 12 is, independently, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
each n is, independently, an integer from 0 to 4;
Z 1 is hydrogen or halogen; and
Z 2 is hydrogen, halogen or —OR 3 .
In further embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are H.
In further embodiments, Q 1 is —NH 2 .
In further embodiments, Q 1 is —NHR 11 . In further embodiments, R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such as, for example, methyl or ethyl. In other further embodiments, R 11 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such as, for example, —(CH 2 ) m OH, wherein m is an integer from 1 to 6 (e.g., —(CH 2 ) 3 OH or —(CH 2 ) 2 OH).
In other further embodiments, Q 1 is —NR 11 R 12 .
In other further embodiments, Q 1 is —OH.
In further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
wherein each R 6 is halogen (such as, for example, fluoro). In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is hydroxyl. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 5 is hydrogen; R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 7 is hydrogen; R 8 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; R 7 is hydrogen; R 8 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 9 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 8 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 9 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 10 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 10 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 8 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 10 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 10 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 4 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen. In other further embodiments, Q 2 is —C(═O)H.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is optionally substituted alkyl. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is unsubstituted or Q 2 is substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is hydrogen.
In further embodiments, Z 1 is H.
In other further embodiments, Z 1 is halogen.
In further embodiments, Z 2 is H.
In other further embodiments, Z 2 is —OH.
In other further embodiments, Z 2 is halogen.
In further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
In other further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
In further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure (I), as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forth herein for a Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , Z 1 and Z 2 group in the compounds of structure (I), as set forth above, may be independently combined with other embodiments and/or substituents of compounds of structure (I) to form embodiments of the inventions not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the event that a list of substitutents is listed for any particular Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , Z 1 and Z 2 in a particular embodiment and/or claim, it is understood that each individual substituent may be deleted from the particular embodiment and/or claim and that the remaining list of substituents will be considered to be within the scope of the invention.
For the purposes of administration, the compounds of the present invention may be administered as a raw chemical or may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of structure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compound of structure (I) is present in the composition in an amount which is effective to treat a particular disease or condition of interest—that is, in an amount sufficient to treat a bacterial infection, and preferably with acceptable toxicity to the patient. The antibacterial activity of compounds of structure (I) can be determined by one skilled in the art, for example, as described in the Examples below. Appropriate concentrations and dosages can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
Compounds of the present invention possess antibacterial activity against a wide spectrum of gram positive and gram negative bacteria, as well as enterobacteria and anaerobes. Representative susceptible organisms generally include those gram positive and gram negative, aerobic and anaerobic organisms whose growth can be inhibited by the compounds of the invention such as Staphylococcus, Lactobacillus, Streptococcus, Sarcina, Escherichia, Enterobacter, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Mycobacterium, Proteus, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Nisseria, Baccillus, Bacteroides, Peptococcus, Clostridium, Salmonella, Shigella, Serratia, Haemophilus, Brucella, Francisella, Anthracis, Yersinia, Corynebacterium, Moraxella, Enterococcus , and other organisms.
Administration of the compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in pure form or in an appropriate pharmaceutical composition, can be carried out via any of the accepted modes of administration of agents for serving similar utilities. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared by combining a compound of the invention with an appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, and aerosols. Typical routes of administering such pharmaceutical compositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal, inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are formulated so as to allow the active ingredients contained therein to be bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient. Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be a single dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the invention in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 2000). The composition to be administered will, in any event, contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings of this invention.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of a solid or liquid. In one aspect, the carrier(s) are particulate, so that the compositions are, for example, in tablet or powder form. The carrier(s) may be liquid, with the compositions being, for example, an oral syrup, injectable liquid or an aerosol, which is useful in, for example, inhalatory administration.
When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention typically are either solid or liquid form, where semi-solid, semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included within the forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.
As a solid composition for oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated into a powder, granule, compressed tablet, pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or the like form. Such a solid composition will typically contain one or more inert diluents or edible carriers. In addition, one or more of the following may be present: binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients such as starch, lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin; a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange flavoring; and a coloring agent.
When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, for example, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or oil.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a liquid, for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension. The liquid may be for oral administration or for delivery by injection, as two examples. When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention typically contain, in addition to the present compounds, one or more of a sweetening agent, preservatives, dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In a composition intended to be administered by injection, one or more of a surfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent may be included.
Liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, whether they be solutions, suspensions or other like form, may include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. Parenteral preparations can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.
A liquid pharmaceutical composition of the invention intended for either parenteral or oral administration should contain an amount of a compound of the invention such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical composition for topical administration. If intended for transdermal administration, the composition may include a transdermal patch or iontophoresis device.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug. Compositions for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitable nonirritating excipient. Such bases include, without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycol.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include various materials, which modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosage unit. For example, the composition may include materials that form a coating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form the coating shell are typically inert, and may be selected from, for example, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be encased in a gelatin capsule.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention in solid or liquid form may include an agent that binds to the compound of the invention and thereby assists in the delivery of the compound. Suitable agents that may act in this capacity include a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, a protein or a liposome.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared in dosage units that can be administered as an aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the invention may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like, which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undue experimentation may determine preferred aerosols.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared by methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, a pharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection can be prepared by combining a compound of the invention with sterile, distilled water so as to form a solution. A surfactant may be added to facilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension. Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compound of the invention so as to facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.
The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, which will vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed; the metabolic stability and length of action of the compound; the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate of excretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorder or condition; and the subject undergoing therapy.
Compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, may also be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of one or more other therapeutic agents. Such combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound of the invention and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of the compound of the invention and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a compound of the invention and the other active agent can be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosage formulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, the compounds of the invention and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
It is understood that in the present description, combinations of substituents and/or variables of the depicted formulae are permissible only if such contributions result in stable compounds.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the synthetic processes described herein the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protecting groups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid. As described above, suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like, and suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include —C(O)—R″ (where R″ is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), p-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters. Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T. W. and P. G. M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed., Wiley. As one of skill in the art would appreciate, the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art, although a protected derivative of compounds of this invention may not possess pharmacological activity as such, they may be administered to a mammal and thereafter metabolized in the body to form compounds of the invention which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives may therefore be described as “prodrugs”. All prodrugs of compounds of this invention are included within the scope of the invention.
Furthermore, compounds of the invention which exist in free base or acid form can be converted to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts by treatment with the appropriate inorganic or organic base or acid by methods known to one skilled in the art. Salts of the compounds of the invention can be converted to their free base or acid form by standard techniques.
The following Examples illustrate various methods of making compounds of this invention, i.e., compound of structure (I):
wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined above. It is understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make these compounds by similar methods or by combining other methods known to one skilled in the art. It is also understood that one skilled in the art would be able to make, in a similar manner as described below, other compounds of structure (I) not specifically illustrated below by using the appropriate starting components and modifying the parameters of the synthesis as needed. In general, starting components may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described herein.
The following examples are provided for purposes of illustration, not limitation.
EXAMPLES
General Synthetic Schemes
Example A
N-6′-Reductive Amination
Example B
N-6′-Epoxide
Example C
N-1 Acylation
Example D
N-1 Epoxide Opening
Example E
N-1 Sulfonylation
Example F
N-1 Reductive Amination
Example G
N-6′ Reductive Amination
Representative Coupling Reagents
Representative N-1 Coupling Reagents
Representative N-6′ Coupling Reagents
General Synthetic Procedures
Procedure 1: Reductive Amination
Method A:
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside derivative (0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added the aldehyde (0.068 mmol), silica supported cyanoborohydride (0.1 g, 1.0 mmol/g), and the reaction mixture was heated by microwave irradiation to 100° C. (100 watts power) for 15 minutes. The reaction was checked by MS for completeness, and once complete all solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 ml), and washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL), followed by brine (5 mL). The organic phase was then dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation.
Method B:
To a solution of aminoglycoside derivative (0.078 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) were added 3 Å molecular sieves (15-20), followed by the aldehyde (0.15 mmol) and the reaction was shaken for 2.5 hours. The reaction was checked by MS for completeness and, if needed, more aldehyde (0.5 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise to a stirring solution of NaBH 4 (0.78 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) at 0° C., and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was diluted with H 2 O (2 mL) and EtOAc (2 ml). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×3 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 2: Boc Deprotection (Tert-Butyl Dimethyl Silyl Protecting Group is Removed Under these Conditions)
Important:
Before Boc deprotection a sample must be dried well by pumping at high vacuum for 3 h.
Method A:
To a stirring solution of the Boc protected aminoglycoside (0.054 mmol) in DCM or MeOH (1 mL) were added 3 Å molecular sieves (4-6), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.6 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and checked for completeness by MS. Upon completion the reaction mixture was diluted with ether (15 mL) to induce precipitation. The vial was centrifuged and the supernatant was decanted. The precipitate was washed with ether (2×15 ml), decanted and dried under vacuum.
Procedure 3: PyBOP Coupling
To a stirring solution of aminoglycoside derivative (0.078 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at −40° C. was added the acid (0.16 mmol), followed by PyBOP (0.16 mmol) and DIPEA (0.31 mmol) and the reaction was stirred. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and H 2 O (3 mL), and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (3×3 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 4: Epoxide Opening
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside derivative (0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added the epoxide (0.07 mmol), LiClO 4 (0.15 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated by microwave irradiation to 100° C. for 90 minutes. The reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon completion, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H 2 O (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 5: Phthalimido Deprotection
To a stirring solution of the phthalimido protected aminoglycoside (0.064 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was added hydrazine (0.32 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h. The reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon cooling to room temperature, the cyclic by-product precipitated and was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 6: Sulfonylation
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside (0.067 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added DIPEA (0.128 mol) and the sulfonyl chloride (0.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and its progress was monitored by MS. Once complete, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 7: N-Boc Protection
To a stirring solution of the amine (4.64 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 1N NaOH (10 mL), followed by Boc-anhydride (5.57 mmol) and the reaction progress was checked by MS. Once complete, the THF was removed by rotary evaporation and water (40 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with Et 2 O (2×30 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 3 by the addition of dilute H 3 PO 4 and was then extracted with EtOAc (2×60 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with H 2 O (2×30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 8: Syntheses of Epoxides
To a stirring solution of the alkene (5.16 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) at 0° C. was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (8.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and was then allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction progress was monitored by MS and TLC, and additional portions of m-CPBA were added as needed. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with 10% aq. Na 2 SO 3 (2×30 mL), 10% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield a crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-25%).
Procedure 9: General Procedure for Synthesis of α-Hydroxy Carboxylic Acids
Step #1. O-(Trimethylsilyl) Cyanohydrins:
A 50-mL flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar and drying tube was charged with the ketone or aldehyde (0.010 mmol), followed by THF (50 mL), trimethylsilyl cyanide (1.39 g, 14 mmol), and zinc iodide (0.090 g, 0.28 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr. Solvent evaporation gave a residue, which was dissolved in EtOAc (60 mL), washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×30 mL), H 2 O (30 mL), and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
Step #2. Acid Hydrolysis to α-Hydroxy Carboxylic Acid:
AcOH (25 ml) and conc. HCl (25 ml) were added to the unpurified material from step #1 and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2-3 hr. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness to give a white solid, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
Step #3. Boc Protection:
To a stirring solution of solid from step #2 in 2 M NaOH (20 mL) and i-PrOH (20 mL) at 0° C. was added Boc 2 O (6.6 g, 3 mmol) in small portions, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 4 h. i-PrOH was then evaporated, and H 2 O (50 mL) was added, and the aqueous phase was separated and extracted with Et 2 O (2×30 ml). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 by addition of dilute H 3 PO 4 and was extracted with EtOAc (2×60 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with H 2 O (2×30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the desired N-Boc-α-hydroxy carboxylic acids in 56-72% yield.
Procedure 10: Protection of Amine by Fmoc Group
To a stirring solution of the amine (0.049 mol) in DCM (100 mL), was added DIPEA (16 mL, 0.099 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Fmoc-Cl (12.8 g, 0.049 mol) was then added portion-wise over several minutes, and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 hr. The organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the Fmoc protected amine (90-95% yield).
Procedure 11: Synthesis of Aldehydes via TEMPO/Bleach Oxidation
To a vigorously stirring solution of the alcohol (1.54 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added TEMPO (0.007 g, 0.045 mmol, 0.03 mol %) and a 2M aqueous KBr solution (75 mL, 0.15 mmol, 10 mol %) and the reaction mixture was cooled to −10° C. In a separate flask NaHCO 3 (0.5 g, 9.5 mmol) was dissolved in bleach (25 mL, Chlorox 6.0% NaOCl) to yield a 0.78 M buffered NaOCl solution. This freshly prepared 0.78 M NaOCl solution (2.3 mL, 1.8 mmol, 117 mol %) was added to the reaction mixture over 5 min and the reaction was stirred for an additional 30 min at 0° C. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×4 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% aq. Na 2 S 2 O 3 (4 mL), sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (2×4 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 12: Synthesis of Alcohols Via Borane Reduction
To a stirring solution of the acid (1.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at −10° C. was slowly added 1.0 M BH 3 -THF (2.98 mL, 2.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for an additional 3 min at −10° C., and was then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by the dropwise addition of a solution of HOAc/H 2 O (1:1 v/v, 2.0 mL). The THF was removed by rotary evaporation and sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×5 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 13: Ozonolysis and Pinnick Oxidation
The substrate olefin (0.5 to 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and the reaction was cooled to −78° C. Ozone was bubbled through until a blue color persisted (3 to 5 min), and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr. Argon was then bubbled through to remove excess ozone for 10 minutes. The reaction was further quenched by the addition of dimethyl sulfide (10 equiv.), and was stirred for 30 min with warming to rt. The solvent was reduced under vacuum to yield the crude aldehyde, which was dried under high-vacuum for 10 min, and used without further purification. To a stirring solution of the aldehyde in THF, tBuOH and H 2 O (3:3:2, 10 mL), was added NaH 2 PO 4 (4 equiv.) followed by 2-methyl-2-butene (10 equiv.) and sodium chlorite (2 equiv.), and the reaction was stirred for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was then added to sat. aq. NaCl (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0→0.5 or 1% MeOH/DCM).
General Purification Procedures
Method #1: Purification by Basic Condition
Mobile Phases:
A—Water with 10 mM NH 4 OH
B—Acetonitrile with 10 mM NH 4 OH
Columns:
A: Waters-XBridge Prep Shield RP18 Column
19×250 mm, 5 μm
Gradient: 20 min at 0%, then 0-20% in 200 min at a flow of 20 ml/min
B: Waters-XBridge Prep Shield RP18 Column
50×100 mm, 5 μm
Gradient: 20 min at 0%, then 0-20% in 200 min at a flow of 20 ml/min
Method #2: Purification by Acidic Condition
Mobile Phases:
A—Water with 0.1% TFA
B—Acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA
Columns:
A: Phenomenex Luna C18
21.4×250 mm, 10 μm Gradient: 0-100%, flow 25 ml/min
B: Phenomenex Luna C18
50×250 mm, 10 μm Gradient: 0-100%, flow 45 ml/min
Representative Intermediates
N,N′-bis-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-guanidino-butyric acid
To a stirring solution of 2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butyric acid (0.059 g, 0.50 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added N,N′-bis(benzyloxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine (0.26 g, 0.70 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.87 mL, 4.99 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. The crude mixture was purified on a 2-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield N,N′-bis-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-guanidino-butyric acid: MS: m/z (M+H) + calcd. 430.15, found 430.1.
Benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate
To a solution of benzyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamate chloride salt (1, 540 mg, 2.34 mmol) in sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (45 mL) was added 1 M NaOH (15 mL) and the reaction was stirred vigorously. DCM (30 mL) was added, followed by benzoylperoxide (1.13 g, 4.68 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a crude, which was purified on a 1-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate (2, 252 mg, 0.80 mmol, 34.2%): MS: m/z (M+H) + calc. 315.13, obs. 315.0.
Succinimidyl benzoyloxy(2-Cbz-aminoethyl)carbamate
To a stirring solution of disuccinimidyl carbonate (525 mg, 2.05 mmol) in CH 3 CN (16 mL) was added benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate (2, 252 mg, 0.80 mmol) as a solution in CH 3 CN (12 mL) over 4 hours, and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional disuccinimidyl carbonate (251 mg, 0.98 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 60° C. overnight. Solvent removal gave a crude, which was purified on a 2-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield succinimidyl benzoyloxy(2-Cbz-aminoethyl)carbamate (3, 81 mg, 0.18 mmol, 22.5% yield).
N-Boc-3-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-propionic acid
To a stirring solution of S-isoserine (4.0 g, 0.038 mol) in dioxane: H 2 O (100 mL, 1:1 v/v) at 0° C. was added N-methylmorpholine (4.77 mL, 0.043 mol), followed by Boc 2 O (11.28 mL, 0.049 mol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with gradual warming to room temperature. Glycine (1.0 g, 0.013 mol) was then added and the reaction was stirred for 20 min. The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and sat aq. NaHCO 3 (75 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL) and then acidified to pH 1 with NaHSO 4 . This solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×70 mL) and these combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to give the desired N-Boc-3-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-propanoic acid (6.30 g, 0.031 mmol, 81.5% yield): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.45 (bs, 1H), 5.28 (bs, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.62 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 174.72, 158.17, 82, 71.85, 44.28, 28.45.
N-Boc-4-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-butyric acid
To a stirring solution of S-4-amino-2-hydroxy-butyric acid (51.98 g, 0.44 mol) in dioxane: H 2 O (2 L, 1:1 v/v) was added K 2 CO 3 (106 g, 0.91 mol) followed by a solution of Boc-anhydride (100 g, 0.46 mol) in dioxane (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was washed with DCM (2×300 mL), and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with H 3 PO 4 . The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×300 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired N-Boc-4-amino-2(S)-hydroxybutyric acid (48.2 g, 50% yield).
N-Boc-3-amino-propanal
To a stirring solution of 3-(Boc-amino)-1-propanol (25 mL, 0.144 mol) in water saturated DCM (1.0 L) was added Dess-Martin reagent (99.2 g, 233.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was then diluted with ether (1.0 L), followed by a solution of Na 2 S 2 O 3 (250 g) in 80% NaHCO 3 (450 g in 1.0 L H 2 O). The reaction was stirred vigorously for 30 minutes until two layers formed, the top layer was clear. The reaction was filtered to remove the precipitated solids and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (1.0 L). The organic layer was washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (1.0 L), H 2 O (1.0 L), and brine (1 L), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to a clear oil. The crude oil was dissolved in EtOAc:hexanes (1:1 v/v, 1.0 L) and filtered through a short silica gel column to yield the desired N-Boc-3-amino-propanal (21.7 g, 0.125 mol, 85.6% yield): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.77 (s, 1H, CHO), 4.85 (bs, 1H, NH), 3.36-3.42 (m, 2H, CH 2 ), 2.67 (t, 2H, CH 2 ), 1.39 (s, 9H, (CH 3 ) 3 ).
N-Boc-1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane
N-Boc-4-Methylene-piperidine (0.222 g, 1.12 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 to faun the desired N-Boc-1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane (0.215 g, 1.01 mmol, 90.2% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 3.29-3.61 (m, 6H), 1.56-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.54 (m, 11H).
2-(Pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione
To a stirring solution of 5-bromo-pentene (6.0 g, 0.040 mol) in DMF (30 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (4.7 g, 0.034 mol) and potassium phthalimide (6.21 g, 0.033 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and water (50 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Filtration and solvent evaporation gave an oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-35%) to yield the desired 2-(pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione as a solid (6.36 g, 0.029 mmol, 72.5% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 216.1, found 216.1; NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.79-7.95 (m, 4H), 5.70-5.91 (m, 1H), 4.90-5.11 (m, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.78 (m, 2H).
2-(3-(Oxiran-2-yl)-propyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione
2-(Pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione (6.36 g, 0.029 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield 2-(3-(oxiran-2-yl)-propyl-isoindoline-1,3-dione (5.8 g, 0.025 mmol, 86.2% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 232.1; 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.75-7.90 (m, 4H, Ar), 3.52 (t, 2H, CH 2 ), 2.87-2.96 (m, 1H, CH), 2.70 (t, 1H), 2.30-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.80 (m, 4H).
N-Boc-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-pyrrolidone (0.010 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid.
N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene
3-Buten-1-amine (4.93 g, 0.069 mol) was submitted to Procedure 7 for Boc protection to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-30%) to yield N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene (6.47 g, 0.038 mol, 55.1% yield).
N-Boc-2-(oxiran-2-yl)-ethyl carbamate
N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene (6.47 g, 0.038 mol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-45%) to yield N-Boc-2-(oxiran-2-yl)-ethyl carbamate (6.0 g, 0.032 mol, 84.2% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 2.98-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.65 (t, 1H), 2.42 (dd, 1H), 1.44-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H, (CH 3 ) 3 ).
N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-azetidinone (21.9 g, 0.128 mol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-carboxylic acid (18.7 g, 0.086 mol, 67.0% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 218.1, found 218.2.
3-Methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-1-cyano-cyclobutane (2.5 g, 0.026 mol) in THF (35 ml) at 0° C. was slowly added 2M LiAlH 4 (22 mL, 0.044 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of sat. aq. NH 4 Cl (10 mL), and THF (10 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the desired 3-methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane as an oil, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
3-Methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane (2.52 g, 0.026 mol) in 1N NaOH (15 ml) and THF (15 mL), was added Boc 2 O (6.7 g, 0.030 mol) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. THF was evaporated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL) brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0%-60%) to yield the desired 3-methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane (1.9 g, 0.0096 mol, 36.9% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 6.88 (bs, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.95-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.40 (m, 3H), 1.20 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl-methanamine
3-Methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane (1.9 g, 0.0096 mol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl-methanamine (1.34 g, 6.27 mol, 65.3% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 2.99-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.66 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.47 (m, 5H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal
4-Amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (8.0 g, 0.050 mol) was Fmoc protected following Procedure 10 to give the desired N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (22.08 g, MS m/e [M+Na] + calcd 406.2, found 406.1), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde
To a stirring solution of N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (0.050 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was added aq. HCl (100 ml, 1:1 v/v, H 2 O: conc. HCl) and the reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon completion, the organic solvent was removed by rotary evaporation, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×75 mL), brine (75 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde (15.35 g, 0.049 mol, 90.0% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification: MS m/e [M+Na] + calcd 332.1, found 332.0.
3-Methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid
To a stirring solution of KOH (70.0 g, 1.25 mol) in EtOH/H 2 O (500 mL, 1:1 v/v) was added 3-methylenecyclobutane carbonitrile (25.0 g, 0.26 mol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 6 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC and, upon completion, the mixture was cooled and acidified to pH 3-4 with HCl. The ethanol was evaporated, and the remaining aqueous layer was extracted with Et 2 O (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL), brine (30 ml), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield 3-methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid, which was carried through to the next step without further purification: 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 10.75 (bs, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 2.85-3.26 (m, 5H).
N-Boc-3-Methylene-cyclobutanamine
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 8.9 mmol) in THF (90 mL) was added NaN 3 (2.0 g, 31.1 mmol), followed by tetrabutyl ammonium bromide (0.48 g, 1.5 mmol) and Zn(OTf) 2 (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to 40° C. Boc 2 O (2.1 g, 9.8 mmol) was then added at once, and the reaction was heated at 45° C. overnight. The reaction was then cooled to 0° C. and was quenched with 10% aq. NaNO 2 (180 mL). The THF was evaporated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (180 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (30 ml), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate: 0-90%) to yield the desired N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (0.57 g, 3.1 mmol, 34.9% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.79 (bs, 1H), 4.05-4.23 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-amine
N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (1.65 g, 9.0 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-amine (1.46 g, 7.33 mmol, 81.5% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.79 (bs, 1H), 4.13-4.31 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-2,2-dimethyl-3-amino-propionaldehyde
N-Boc-3-amino-2,2-dimethyl propanol (0.415 g, 2.04 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 to yield N-Boc-2,2-dimethyl-3-amino-propionaldehyde (0.39 g, 1.94 mmol, 95.1% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 4.80 (bs, 1H), 3.11 (d, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl propionaldehyde
N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl-propanol (0.130 g, 0.60 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl propionaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
4(S)-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-carboxaldehyde
4(S)-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-methanol (0.50 g, 1.50 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 4(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
3-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanal
3-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanol (0.50 g, 2.62 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 3-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanal, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
2-Methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanal
2-Methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanol (0.83 g, 4.38 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 2-methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanal (0.706 g, 3.77 mmol, 86.1% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 1.57 (s, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid
1-Amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 6.28 mmol) was dissolved in 1N HCl (10 mL) and the reaction was heated to a reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness to yield a crude which was submitted to Procedure 7 for Boc protection to yield the desired N-Boc-1-Amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid (6.28 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-1-Amino-cyclobutyl-methanol.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutyl-methanol (0.25 g, 1.24 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxaldehyde (0.24 g, 1.20 mmol, 96.8% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.0 (s, 1H), 4.91 (bs, 1H), 3.74 (bs, 2H), 1.71-2.20 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone
To a vigorously stirring solution of N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (9.8 g, 53.5 mmol) in DCM (160 mL) and H 2 O (160 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (3 g, 21.7 mmol), followed by NaIO 4 (35 g, 163.5 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.2 g, 0.72 mmol) and RuCl 3 (0.6 g, 7.6 mmol). During the course of the reaction, the organic solution turned dark brown, the catalyst turned black, while the upper aqueous layer turned white. The reaction was monitored by TLC, and upon completion, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrates were transferred to a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-60%) to yield the desired N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone (7.13 g, 38.53 mmol, 72% yield): NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.88 (bs, 1H), 4.13-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.9-3.05 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-hydroxy-3-amino-cyclobutyl-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone (7.13 g, 38.53 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-1-hydroxy-3-amino-cyclobutyl-carboxylic acid (MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 232.2.
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol-pyrrolidine
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carboxylic acid (1.03 g, 3.12 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol pyrrolidine (0.605 g, 1.91 mmol, 61.2% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carbaldehyde
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol pyrrolidine (0.486 g, 1.53 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carbaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 4.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.99 g, MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 202.1, found 202.1), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.87 g, 4.32 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxylic acid (0.25 g, 1.24 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.051 g, 0.27 mmol, 21.8% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.051 g, 0.27 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid
To a stirring solution of N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.622 g, 2.40 mmol) in DCM (1.9 mL) was added imidazole (0.164 g, 2.41 mmol), DMAP (0.047 g, 0.35 mmol) and TBSCl (0.363 g, 2.40 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, followed by heating at 40° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and was quenched with H 2 O (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and was concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in isopropanol (6 mL) and 1M NaOH (2.9 mL), and the reaction was heated at 60° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and slowly acidified to pH 3 with 1M HCl (3 mL). After adding chloroform (18 mL), the organic layer was separated, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired acid (0.75 g, 2.09 mmol, 87.1% yield).
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid (0.53 g, 1.47 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane (0.44 g, 1.27 mmol, 86.4% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.69-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.88 (bs, 1H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane (0.44 g, 1.27 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxaldehyde (0.42 g, 1.22 mmol, 96.1% yield).
tert-Butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)acetate
To a stirring solution of N-Boc-3-azetidinone (0.45 g, 2.64 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was slowly added a 0.5 M solution of 2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethyl-zinc chloride in Et 2 O (10 mL, 5.0 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h. The reaction was then quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl (10 mL), and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×10 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield tert-butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetate (MS in/e [M+H] + calcd 288.2, found 287.7).
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid
To a stirring solution of tert-butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetate (0.86 g, 2.99 mmol) in dioxane (18 mL) was added 3M HCl (5 mL), and the mixture was heated at 70° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and it was basified with 2 M NaOH (8 mL), followed by addition of BOC 2 O (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 h, and was then concentrated to half its total volume on the rotary evaporator. Isopropanol (3 mL) and chloroform (12 mL) were then added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and slowly acidified to pH 3 with 1M HCl. The organic layer was then separated, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to dryness to yield 2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid (0.65 g, 2.81 mmol, 94.0% yield).
N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid (0.44 g, 1.90 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to yield the corresponding N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol (0.29 g, 1.33 mmol, 70.0% yield).
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetaldehyde
N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol (0.29 g, 1.33 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxylic acid (1.94 g, 9.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine (9.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the desired N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
2-(N-Boc-azetidin-3-yl)-2-hydroxy-acetic acid
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde (1.60 g, 8.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired 2-(N-Boc-azetidin-3-yl)-2-hydroxy-acetic acid (MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 231.8).
Synthesis of (2R,3R)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3-fluorobutanoic acid (5)
Molecular sieves (4 Å, 4 g) were added to a round bottom flask, and were activated by heating with a Bunsen burner under high vacuum. DCM (100 mL) was then added and the flask was cooled to −35° C. with a cryocooler. Titanium tetraisopropoxide (1.75 mL, 5.95 mmol) and (R,R)-(−)-diisopropyl tartrate (1.65 mL, 7.75 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. Penta-1,4-dienol (5 g, 59.4 mmol) and excess cumene hydroperoxide (80%, 17.5 mL) were added in small portions, and stirring was continued at −35° C. for 48 hr. The reaction was quenched by addition of sat. aq. Na 2 SO 4 (5 mL) immediately followed by Et 2 O (50 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr with warming to rt. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. Solvent removal under vacuum without heating resulted in approximately 30 mL of a yellow solution. Excess cumene alcohol and hydroperoxide were removed by flash chromatography (silica gel, 40% Et 2 O/hex). Finally solvent removal under vacuum without heating yielded a mixture of (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-4-penten-3-ol (1) (Rf=0.47, 1:1 EtOAc/hex) and diisopropyl tartrate (Rf=0.6), which was used in the next step without further purification.
To a stirring solution of epoxide (1) in THF (100 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added tetrabutylammonium iodide (2.2 g, 5.96 mmol), followed by benzyl bromide (8.6 mL, 71.9 mmol) and the reaction was cooled to −15° C. Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 2.65 g, 66.1 mmol) was added in small portions and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. Solvent removal gave an oily residue which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5→10% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (2) as a clear non-volatile liquid (5.3 g, 47.6% yield): R f =0.69 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−36.7° (c 1.52, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI) (M+H) + calc. for C 12 H 14 O 2 191.1067, obs. 191.1064; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.38-7.33 (m, 5H), 5.92-5.78 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.33 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=11.95 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=11.96 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (dd, J=7.34, 4.20 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dt, J=4.07, 4.06, 2.70 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=5.21, 4.00 Hz, 11-1), 2.70 (dd, J=5.23, 2.64 Hz, 1H). 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 138.32, 134.67, 128.56 (2C), 127.87 (2C), 127.82, 119.73, 79.54, 70.83, 53.41, 45.00.
NaN 3 (3.38 g, 52 mmol) and NH 4 Cl (2.78 g, 52 mmol) in H 2 O (10 mL) were heated until a clear solution was obtained. This solution was then added dropwise to a solution of (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (2) (3.3 g, 17.4 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 10→20% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (3) (2.66 g, 66% yield) as a non-volatile clear liquid: R f =4.8 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); HRMS (ESI) (M+Na) + calc. for C 12 H 15 N 3 O 2 256.1056, obs. 256.1057; [α] D =−46.3° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ 7.42-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.91-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J=17.16, 1.42 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (dd, J=24.00, 1.37 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.22 (d, J=3.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 137.88, 134.60, 128.66 (2C), 128.08 (2C), 128.05, 121.40, 81.39, 72.61, 70.70, 53.0; FTIR (NaCl): 3435, 2870, 2102, 1642, 1454, 1070 cm −1 .
To a stirring solution of DAST (900 μL, 6.87 mmol) in benzene (3.2 mL) and pyridine (400 μL) in a plastic container at −10° C. was added (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (3) (750 mg, 3.21 mmol) in small portions, and the reaction was stirred at this temperature for 48 hr followed by 6 hr at rt. The reaction mixture was slowly added to sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) at 0° C. and was stirred for 10 min. The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM (3×) and the combined organic layers were washed with 2 N HCl, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (3R,4R)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (4) (128 mg, 16.9% yield) as a nonvolatile clear liquid: Rf=0.63 (1:9 EtOAC/Hex); [α] D =−11.9° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □δ □7.44-7.29 (m, 5H), 4.63 (dddd, J=47.64, 7.07, 4.99, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.42 (m, 2H), 4.70 (d, J=11.95 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (ddd, J=7.07, 4.99, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=11.90 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (ddd, J=16.87, 7.57, 5.04 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.45 (ddd, J=27.45, 13.63, 3.27 Hz, 1H). 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 282 MHz)-196.66 (dddd, J=47.27, 27.08, 19.84, 16.89 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 137.80, 133.09 (d, J=5.30 Hz), 128.70 (2C), 128.09 (3C), 121.04, 93.33 (d, J=181.54 Hz), 79.08 (d, J=20.39 Hz), 70.92, 51.46 (d, J=22.25 Hz). FTIR (NaCl): 2930, 2104, 1643, 1454, 1281, 1115, 1069 cm −1 .
(3R,4R)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (4) (128 mg, 0.543 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13, followed by recrystallization from hot hexanes (2×) to yield (2R,3R)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3-fluorobutanoic acid (5) (120 mg, 90%): [α] D =−56.9° (c 0.68, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) calc. for C 11 H 12 FN 3 O 3 252.0790, obs. 252.0782; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □δ □10.55 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.34 (m, 5H), 4.98 (dddd, J=46.40, 7.57, 4.91, 2.92 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J=11.47 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=11.51 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J=27.26, 2.86 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dt, J=13.89, 13.66, 7.27 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (ddd, J=24.28, 13.20, 4.92 Hz, 1H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 376 MHz) □ δ□−198.36 (dddd, J=46.28, 27.22, 24.46, 14.15 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 174.63 (d, J=4.21 Hz), 136.37, 129.15 (2C), 129.07, 128.98 (2C), 91.53 (d, J=182.59 Hz), 76.40 (d, J=19.90 Hz), 73.96 (s), 50.87 (d, J=25.13 Hz); FTIR (NaCl): 3151, 2098, 1753, 1407, 1283, 1112 cm −1 .
Synthesis of ent-5
Starting from penta-1,4-dienol (5 g, 59.4 mmol) and using (S,S)-(+)-diisopropyl tartrate under the same reaction conditions as described above the enantiomer ent-2 was obtained (4.9 g, 43% yield): [α] D =+35.7° (c 1.76, CHCl 3 ). (2R,3S)-1,2-Epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (ent-2, 3.9 g, 20.5 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions described above to yield the enantiomer (2R,3S)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-3, 2.75 g, 57% yield): [α] D =+47.3° (c 1.30, CHCl 3 ). (2R,3S)-1-Azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-3) (500 mg, 2.14 mmol) was submitted to the same reactions as described above to yield the enantiomer (3S,4S)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-4, 75.5 mg, 0.32 mmol, 15% yield, [α] D =+10.7°, c 1.50, CHCl 3 ), which was submitted to the same reaction conditions as described above to yield ent-5 (59 mg, 73% yield): [α] D =+58.6° (c 0.73, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of (R)-4-Azido-3,3-difluoro-2-benzyloxy-butanoic acid (3)
To a stirring solution of DMSO (690 μL, 9.65 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) at −78° C. was added oxalyl chloride (3.21 mL of a 2.0 M solution in DCM, 6.43 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr. A solution of (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (1) (750 mg, 3.21 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr at −78° C. N-Methyl morpholine (1.41 mL, 12.9 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred at −15° C. for 2 hr. The reaction was quenched with phosphate buffer (0.1 M, pH 6.0) and the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with the phosphate buffer (3×), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to give a brown residue. The residue was dissolved in Et 2 O, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through a cotton plug, and reduced under vacuum to yield the crude ketone, which was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and was added to a stirring solution of DAST (2 mL, 15.3 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) in a plastic vial at −25° C. The reaction was allowed to slowly warm to rt and was stirred for 48 hr. The reaction mixture was then slowly poured into stirring sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) at 0° C., and was stirred for 10 min. The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM (3×), and the combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1% Et 2 O/hex) followed by preparative TLC purification (silica gel, 0.5 mm, 5% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (R)-5-azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 193 mg, 0.76 mmol, 24% yield), as a non-volatile clear liquid: R f =0.72 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−23.8° (c 1.52, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ□ 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 5.89 (dddd, J=16.88, 10.61, 7.11, 0.62 Hz, 1H), 5.59-5.56 (m, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=10.74 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=11.66 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (td, J=14.25, 7.13, 7.13 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (tq, J=13.67, 13.67, 13.67, 11.19, 11.19 Hz, 2H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 282 MHz) δ −116.63 (dtd, J=257.62, 13.91, 13.90, 8.72 Hz), −111.27 (dtd, J=257.59, 16.18, 16.16, 7.04 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 137.14, 130.33 (t, J=3.06, 3.06 Hz), 128.71 (2C), 128.27, 128.20 (2C), 122.78, 120.69 (dd, J=249.89, 246.83 Hz), 78.87 (dd, J=30.35, 25.35 Hz), 71.48 (d, J=0.48 Hz), 51.47 (dd, J=30.26, 25.92 Hz); FTIR (NaCl): 2928, 2108, 1455, 1292, 1091 cm −1 .
(R)-5-Azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 193 mg, 0.76 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13, followed by washing with cold hexanes (3×) at −20° C. to yield (3) (139 mg, 67.6% yield): [α] D =−32.4° (c 0.80, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) for C 11 H 11 F 2 N 3 O 3 270.0696, obs. 270.06924; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □ δ □7.46-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 4.84 (d, J=11.30 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=11.30 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J=12.23, 9.78 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J=14.67, 12.35 Hz, 2H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 376 MHz) □ δ −112.61 (qd, J=260.95, 12.30, 12.29, 12.29 Hz), −109.68 (dtd, J=260.79, 14.75, 14.68, 9.94 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 170.84, 135.48, 129.01, 128.94 (2C), 128.78 (2C), 119.59 (t, J=251.58, 251.58 Hz), 76.56 (dd, J=29.86, 27.24 Hz), 74.34, 51.58 (dd, J=28.94, 26.76 Hz). FTIR (NaCl): 3337, 2929, 2112, 1738, 1455, 1292, 1210, 1119 cm −1 .
Synthesis of ent-3
(2R,3S)-1-Azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-1, 500 mg, 2.14 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions described above to yield (S)-5-azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-2, 114 mg, 21% yield, [α] D =+27.9° (c 3.14, CHCl 3 )). Ent-2 (75.5 mg, 0.32 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield (S)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3,3-difluorobutanoic acid (ent-3, 34.8 mg, 43% yield, [α] D =+ 36.4° (c 0.80, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of (2S,3S)-4-azido-2,3-bis-benzyloxybutanoic acid (3)
To a stirring solution of (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (1) (250 μL, 1.07 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under argon was added tetrabutylammonium iodide (42 mg, 0.11 mmol) followed by benzyl bromide (155 μL, 1.27 mmol) and the reaction was cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 47 mg, 1.18 mmol) was added in small portions and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum to give an oily residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (3R,4S)-5-azido-3,4-bisbenzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 237 mg, 65% yield) as a clear non-volatile liquid: Rf=0.62 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−6.1° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ □7.35-7.24 (m, 10H), 5.81 (ddd, J=17.15, 10.58, 7.45 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (ddd, J=5.70, 1.65, 0.86 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (ddd, J=12.07, 1.44, 0.81 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.61 (d, J=11.87 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J=11.78 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (tdd, J=7.37, 5.65, 0.79, 0.79 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (ddd, J=6.39, 5.69, 3.64 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (dd, J=12.93, 6.42 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (dd, J=12.93, 3.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 138.25, 138.01, 135.43, 128.60 (4C), 128.29 (2C), 128.02, 127.99 (2C), 127.87, 119.97, 80.76, 80.23, 73.33, 70.79, 51.69; FTIR (NaCl): 2867, 2100, 1606, 1454, 1286, 1095, 1073.
(3R,4S)-5-azido-3,4-bis-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 237 mg, 0.69 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield (2S,3S)-4-azido-2,3-bis-benzyloxybutanoic acid (3, 187.7 mg, 75% yield): [α] D =−15.1° (c 1.05, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) calc. for C 18 H 19 N 3 O 4 340.1303, obs. 340.1296; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ □7.24 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 10H), 4.79 (d, J=11.61 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.56 (d, J=11.61 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=4.24 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (td, J=6.56, 4.30, 4.30 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (dd, J=13.04, 6.62 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=13.04, 4.31 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 175.57, 137.92, 137.34, 129.44 (2C), 129.36 (2C), 129.15, 129.04 (2C), 128.98 (2C), 128.94, 79.71, 77.651, 74.04, 73.89, 51.65; FTIR (NaCl): 3000, 2918, 2103, 1722, 1455, 1284, 1110 cm 1 .
Synthesis of ent-3
(2R,3S)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-1, 250 mg, 1.07 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions as described above to yield (3S,4R)-5-azido-3,4-bis-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-2, 322 mg, 59% yield): [α] D =+7.9° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ). Ent-2 (178 mg, 0.55 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield ent-3 (144 mg, 77% yield): [α] D =+ 15.2° (c 0.81, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of Compound 6
Synthesis of Compound 2
A 2-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with epoxide 1 (60 g, 315 mmol), phthalimide (69.6 g, 473 mmol), pyridine (5.1 mL, 63.1 mmol, 20 mol %) and IPA (600 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at 80-82° C. for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated on a rotatory evaporator to dryness. The residue was adsorbed on silica gel (100 g), dried under high vacuum and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-40% MTBE/heptanes) to afford the desired phthalimide protected amino alcohol 2 as a white solid (73.5 g, 69%): 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.83-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 5.91 (ddd, J=17.4, 10.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.40 (m, 2H), 4.65 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.86 (dd, J=14.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 3
A 2-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with a solution of alcohol 2 (70 g, 208 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (840 mL). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C., then Bu 4 NI (7.66 g, 20.8 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (29.6 mL, 249 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min, then sodium hydride (9.2 g, 228 mmol, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 30 min and then brought to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (280 mL) while maintaining the reaction mixture at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The reaction mixture was then diluted with MTBE (1.4 L mL) and the phases separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2×210 mL), brine (210 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain the crude product as an oil. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (5-25% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired product 3 as a semi solid (75.7 g, 85%): 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.75-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 3H), 5.98-5.91 (m, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 5.39 (td, J=5.9, 1 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J=12.0, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of Aldehyde 4 and Carboxylic Acid 5
A solution of alkene 3 (30 g, 70.2 mol) in DCM (1.8 L) was sparged with ozone at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone) for 1 min using oxygen source to generate the ozone. Once the reaction was deemed compete (TLC, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes), the solution was sparged with nitrogen for 35 min to remove residual ozone. The reaction was quenched with dimethyl sulfide (52 mL, 702 mmol) while maintaining the reaction mixture at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone). The cold bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and further dried under high vacuum to obtain the crude aldehyde 4, as a thick oil (35.5 g, >99%). R f =0.38 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes). The reaction was repeated at 30 g scale of 3 to afford crude aldehyde 4 (33.4 g, >99%). The two lots of crude aldehyde were combined and subjected to the Pinnick oxidation without further purification.
The crude aldehyde 4 (30.1 g) was taken into a mixture of tetrahydrofuran, tBuOH, and water (226 mL, 226 mL, 151 mL, 3:3:2) along with NaH2PO 4 (33.7 g, 281 mmol) and 2-methyl-2-butene (149 mL, 1.4 mol). The solution was cooled (15±5° C., water bath). Sodium chlorite (12.7 g, 140 mmol) was added to the batch and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hr. The completion of the reaction was confirmed by TLC analysis (1:1 MTBE/heptanes and 5% MeOH in DCM). The reaction was then quenched with brine (602 mL) and the product extracted into DCM (3×602 mL). The organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude acid 5 as a thick oil (42.5 g, >99%). The synthesis was repeated on 30.1 g scale of 4 to afford crude acid 5 (44.2 g, >99%). The both lots of crude acids were combined and purified by flash column chromatography over silica (5-100% MTBE/heptanes). Fractions containing the acid were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford acid 5 as a white solid (29.1 g, 47%): R f =0.39 (5:95 MeOH/DCM); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.76 (dd, J=6.8, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 3H), 4.75 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=12.8, 2H), 4.59 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (d, J=3.65, 1H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J=14.3, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (dd, J=14.3, 4.7 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 6
A round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, and a thermocouple probe was charged with a solution of phthalimide-protected amino acid 5 (29.0 g, 65.1 mmol) in THF (350 mL). To the clear, yellow solution was added deionized water (175 mL) and the resulting mixture cooled to 5° C. Methylamine solution in water (58.0 mL, 40 wt %, 665 mmol) was then added to the batch, which was warmed to ambient temperature (21-23° C.) and stirred for 26 hours. Analysis of an aliquot from the reaction mixture by LCMS indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid residue, removing all excess methylamine. The residue was taken up in THF (700 mL) and water (350 mL), cooled to 0-5° C., and to the crude amino acid solution was added potassium carbonate (45 g, 326 mmol), followed by benzylchloroformate (17.2 mL, 114 mmol). The batch was warmed to ambient temperature and the reaction allowed to proceed for 28 hours. Analysis of an aliquot at this time point by LCMS indicated a complete conversion of the amino acid to the carbamate. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of THF, the aqueous residue was diluted with water (320 mL) and the pH adjusted with 2N HCl to approximately pH 5 (pH paper strip). The crude product was extracted with methylene chloride (3×500 mL), the extracts washed with water (60 mL), brine (60 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil (40.34 g) which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (400 g; elution with 0-5% MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 ) to afford compound 6 as a yellow oil (27.5 g, 92% yield over two steps). 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6, 500 MHz) δ 12.93 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 16H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd, J=22.9, 11.7 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (td, J=7.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound 9
Synthesis of Epoxy Alcohol Ent-2
A 3-neck, 5 liter round bottomed flask equipped with an overhead mechanical stirrer, a thermocouple probe and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with powdered, freshly activated molecular sieves (4 Å, 84 g, 0.8 wt. equiv), followed by anhydrous dichloromethane (2.1 L, 20 vol). The resulting suspension was cooled to approximately −42° C. using an acetonitrile/CO 2 bath, then titanium tetraisopropoxide (37 mL, 0.125 mol, 10 mol %) was charged into the batch, followed by (S,S)-(+)-diisopropyl tartrate (35 mL, 0.166 mol, 13.3 mol %). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then divinyl alcohol 1 (105 g, 1.25 mol, 1.0 equiv) was added over 3 minutes using an addition funnel (minor exotherm, 2° C.). Cumene hydroperoxide (370 mL, 80% titer, 1.99 mol, 1.59 equiv) was then added to the batch over 5 minutes using an addition funnel (10° C. exotherm). The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours, holding the temperature between −45 and −30° C. When complete as determined by TLC analysis (R f 0.42 for divinyl alcohol, and 0.18 for epoxy alcohol, 50% MTBE in Heptanes), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulfate (105 mL, 1 vol), diluted with MTBE (1.05 L, 10 vol) and the batch allowed to warm to ambient temperature, with vigorous stirring. Diatomaceous earth, Celite® (105 g, 1 wt. equiv) was added to the batch, which was then filtered through a pad of Celite®. The filter cake was washed with MTBE (0.5 L) and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo on a rotary evaporator (with water bath held at 10-20° C.) to afford a yellow/brownish oil. A portion of the crude product [311 g] was subjected to silica plug (1 kg silica gel) using 0-60% MTBE/petroleum ether. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to obtain a colorless oil (48.3 g). This material was then purified via column chromatography (300 g silica gel, 5-30% MTBE/petroleum ether) to afford ent-2 as a clear liquid [22.6 g, 36% overall mass recovery]: R f =0.59 (1:1 MTBE/petroleum ether); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 5.85 (ddd, J=17.0, 10.5, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (dt, J=17.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (dt, J=10.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.10 (ddd, J=3.8, 3.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=2.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, 4.1, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 3
The reaction was carried out at 20-g scale of alcohol following a literature procedure ( J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74(15), 5758-5761). A 2-L round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermocouple probe, and an addition funnel was charged with a solution of epoxy alcohol ent-2 [20 g, 200 mmol, 1 equiv] in tetrahydrofuran (400 mL, 20 vol) along with Ph 3 P (105 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv), and 4-nitrobenzoic acid (67 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv) under a nitrogen atmosphere. DIAD (81 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture using an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction mixture at 0° C. (ice bath). Once the addition of DIAD was complete, the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to come to ambient temperature (23° C.). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h (all starting material consumed) and then quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (100 ml, 5 vol) followed by the addition of MTBE (1000 mL, 50 vol). The resulting solution was transferred into a separatory funnel. Brine (100 mL, 5 vol) was added to obtain phase separation. The organic phase was washed with brine (2×20 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated under vacuum to obtain an oil (296 g). The oil was passed through a silica plug (1 kg) using 10-20% MTBE/heptanes. The crude solid (46 g) was then dissolved into MTBE (20 vol) and washed with NaHCO 3 (3×5 vol), water (2×2 vol), brine (2×2 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated, and further dried to obtain the benzoate ester as a white solid [29 g, 59%: R f =0.56 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 8.35 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (ddd, J=17.2, 10.6, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (td, J=17.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (td, J=10.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=5.0, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (ddd, J=6.5, 4.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=4.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=4.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H).
The hydrolysis of the benzoate ester was carried out following the literature procedure ( J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74(15), 5758-5761). Thus solution of the ester (22.7 g, 91 mmol, 1 equiv) in methanol (340 mL, 15 vol) was treated with an aqueous solution of K 2 CO 3 (13.8 g, 100 mmol, 1.1 equiv, in 34 mL, 1.5 vol water) at 10-15° C. The solution immediately turned into a thick slurry. The slurry was stirred at ambient temperature (23° C.) for 3 h (starting material consumed). The reaction mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator (at ambient water bath temperature) to ˜2 vol (45 mL). The thick solution was then reslurried in DCM (454 mL, 20 vol). The slurry was filtered and the solids were washed with DCM (2×5 vol, 2×114 mL). The combined organic filtrate was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid (31 g). The crude material was then purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 10-30% MTBE/petroleum ether) to obtain the desired alcohol 3 as a clear oil [9.24 g, quantitative yield, R f =0.31 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 5.94 (ddd, J=16.2, 10.6, 5.5, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.0 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.84 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.57 (br s, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 4
A 1-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, a nitrogen inlet/outlet, was charged with alcohol 3 [9.24 g, 92.3 mmol, 1 equiv] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (166 mL, 18 vol). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C. The catalyst Bu 4 NI (3.41 g, 9.23 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (19.1 g, 112 mmol, 1.2 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min Sodium hydride (4.1 g, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was then added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min and then the cold bath was removed and reaction mixture brought up to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (37 mL, 4 vol) while maintaining the temperature at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The resulting solution was diluted with MTBE (185 mL, 20 vol), the organic layer was washed with water (2×18 mL, 2×3 vol), brine (1×18 mL, 1×3 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as an oil. The synthesis was repeated on 1.98 g scale of alcohol 3. The crude from both the reactions were combined and purified via column chromatography (silica gel column, 2.5-10% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired benzylated product 4 as an oil [13.96 g, 65%: R f =0.61 (3:7 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.36-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.26 (m, 1H), 5.83 (ddd, J=17.3, 10.5, 6.7, 1H), 5.36 (td, J=17.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (td, J=10.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (ABq, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (ddd, J=, 1H), 3.11-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.78 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J=5.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 5
A 250-mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with alcohol 4 [10 g, 52.5 mmol, 1 equiv], phthalimide (11.6 g, 78.8 mmol, 1.5 equiv), pyridine (0.85 mL, 10.5 mmol, 20 mol %) and IPA (100 mL, 10 vol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 80-82° C. for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated on a rotatory evaporator to dryness. The residue was adsorbed on silica gel (20 g), dried under high vacuum and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-40% MTBE/heptanes) to afford the desired phthalimide protected amino alcohol 5 as a white tacky solid [15.85 g, 89%]: R f =0.34 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes); 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz) δ 7.84-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 5.93 (ddd, J=17.5, 10.5, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 5.38-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dddd, J=9.0, 4.5, 4.5, 4.5 Hz 1H), 3.86 (dd, J=5.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=13.7, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=13.7, 4.4 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 6
A 1-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with a solution of alcohol 5 [15 g, 44.5 mmol, 1 equiv] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (270 mL, 18 vol). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C., then Bu 4 NI (1.64 g, 4.45 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (9.2 g, 53.8 mmol, 1.2 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min, then sodium hydride (1.97 g, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min and then brought to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (60 mL, 4 vol) while maintaining the reaction mixture at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The reaction mixture was then diluted with MTBE (300 mL, 20 vol) and the phases separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2×45 mL, 2×3 vol), brine (1×45 mL, 1×3 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain the crude product as an oil. The synthesis was repeated on 1.75 g scale of alcohol 5. The combined crude products from both reactions were purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (5-25% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired product 6 as a semi solid [15.1 g, 71%: R f =0.61 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.74-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.10-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.93 (m, 3H), 5.97 (ddd, J=17.5, 10.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=4.38 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.68 (dd, J=12.3, 12.3 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (d, J=5.37 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=5.58 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.65 (dd, J=13.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Aldehyde 7 and Carboxylic Acid 8
A solution of alkene, 6 [1 g, 2.34 mol] in DCM (60 mL, 60 vol) was sparged with ozone at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone) for 25 min using house air as oxygen source to generate the ozone. Once the reaction was deemed compete (TLC, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes), the solution was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min to remove residual ozone. The reaction was quenched with dimethyl sulfide (1.7 mL, 23.4 mmol, 10 equiv) while maintaining the reaction mixture at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone). The cold bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and further dried under high vacuum to obtain the crude aldehyde as a thick oil (1.12 g, >99%, R f =0.36, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes). The reaction was repeated at 13 g scale of 6. The two lots of crude aldehyde were combined and subjected to the Pinnick oxidation without further purification.
The crude aldehyde 7 [14.06 g], was taken into a mixture of tetrahydrofuran, tBuOH, and water (105 mL, 105 mL, 70 mL, 3:3:2, 20 vol) along with NaH 2 PO 4 (15.6 g, 130 mmol, 4 equiv) and 2-methyl-2-butene (34.4 mL, 324 mmol, 10 equiv). The solution was cooled (15±5° C., water bath). Sodium chlorite (3.9 g, 43 mmol, 1.33 equiv) was added to the batch and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hr. The completion of the reaction was confirmed by TLC analysis (1:1 MTBE/heptanes and 5% MeOH in DCM). The reaction was then quenched with brine (280 mL, 20 vol) and the product extracted into DCM (3×280 mL, 3×20 vol). The organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude acid as a thick oil. The crude acid was purified by flash column chromatography over silica (5-100% MTBE/heptanes followed by 5-20% MeOH/DCM). Fractions containing the acid were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford acid 8 as a white solid [2.64 g, 18%: R f =0.33, 5:95 MeOH/DCM)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.78 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.76 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (dd, J=10.9, 9.4 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (ddd, J=6.2, 6.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.1 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J=14.2, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (dd, J=14.2, 6.2 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 9
A round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, and a thermocouple probe was charged with a solution of phthalimide-protected amino acid 8 [2.5 g, 5.61 mmol, 1.0 equiv] in THF (28 mL, 11 vol, bulk solvent grade). To the clear, yellow solution was added deionized water (15 mL, 6 vol) and the resulting mixture cooled to 5° C. Methylamine solution in water (5.0 mL, 40 wt %, 56.1 mmol, 10 equiv) was then added to the batch, which was warmed to ambient temperature (21-23° C.) and stirred for 22.5 hours. Analysis of an aliquot from the reaction mixture by LCMS indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid residue, removing all excess methylamine. The residue was taken up in THF (60 mL, 24 vol) and water (30 mL, 12 vol), cooled to 0-5° C., and to the crude amino acid solution was added potassium carbonate (3.9 g, 28.26 mmol, 5.0 equiv), followed by benzylchloroformate (1.4 mL, 9.81 mmol, 1.75 equiv). The batch was warmed to ambient temperature and the reaction allowed to proceed for 25.5 hours. Analysis of an aliquot at this time point by LCMS indicated a complete conversion of the amino acid to the carbamate. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of THF, the aqueous residue was diluted with water (30 mL, 12 vol) and the pH adjusted with 2N HCl to approximately pH 5 (pH paper strip). The crude product was extracted with chloroform (3×60 mL), the extracts washed with water (1×60 mL) and with aqueous NaCl (1×60 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow, mobile oil (3.52 g) which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (50 wt. equiv; elution with 0-5% MeOH in CHCl 3 ) to afford 9 as a yellow oil, which partially solidified upon further drying under high vacuum [2.22 g, 88.1% yield over two steps]. 1 H NMR (DMSO, 500 MHz) 12.92 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.23 (m, 15H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J=11.10 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=11.10 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=11.05 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=11.05 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=2.95 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (ddd, J=6.30, 6.30, 3.15 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=6.30, 6.30, 2H).
Synthesis of Cyclopropyl Amino Acids
Ethyl-2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)acrylate (2)
A solution of ester 1 (4.00 g, 34.4 mmol) and triethylamine (4.79 mL, 34.4 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (170 mL) was cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen and tert-butyldimethylsilyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (8.31 mL, 36.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred vigorously at reflux for 4 h. The solvent was then carefully evaporated, the residue was dissolved in Et 2 O (170 mL), and the organic phase was washed with water (3×50 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-20% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford 2 (4.89 g, 62%) as a clear oil: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.50 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 0.16 (s, 6H).
2-tert-Butyl-1-Ethyl-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropane-1,2-dicarboxylate (3a and 3b)
A mixture of ethyl 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)acrylate (2, 500 mg, 2.17 mmol) and Cu(acac) 2 (0.011 g, 0.043 mmol) was heated at 80° C. A solution of tert-butyl diazoacetate (463 mg, 3.25 mmol) in benzene (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture over 2 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-10% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford both diastereomers 3a (0.119 g, 16%) and 3b (0.235 g, 31%) as clear oils. 3a: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.25-4.13 (m, 2H), 2.28 (dd, J=7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (dd, J=7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (dd, J=9.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.18 (s, 3H), 0.12 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 367 [M+Na] + ; 3b: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.23 (dq, J=11.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (dq, J=11.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (dd, J=10.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=5.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.54 (dd, J=10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 0.19 (s, 3H), 0.18 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 367 [M+Na] + .
2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic Acid (4a and 4b)
A mixture of dicarboxylate 3a and 3b (0.385 g, 1.12 mmol, 1:2 ratio of 3a/3b), trifluoroacetic acid (0.43 mL), and dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-100% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford both diastereomers 4a (0.050 g, 15%) and 4b (0.078 g, 24%) as off-white solids. 4a: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.25-4.17 (m, 2H), 2.38 (dd, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.81-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.21 (s, 3H), 0.13 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 289 [M+H] + ; 4b: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (dd, J=10.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (dd, J=6.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.87 (s, 9H), 0.19 (s, 3H), 0.17 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 287 [M−H] − .
Ethyl-2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropanecarboxylate (5b)
A mixture of 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (4b, 0.335 g, 1.16 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) under nitrogen was treated with Hünig's base (0.260 mL, 1.51 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After this time, DPPA (0.324 mL, 1.51 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 90° C. for 30 min, followed by the addition of benzyl alcohol (0.155 mL, 1.51 mmol). After 15 h, the mixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (75 mL), and washed sequentially with 10% citric acid (2×50 mL), water (50 mL), and saturated NaHCO 3 (50 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexanes to 100% EtOAc to afford the title compound as a clear oil (0.146 g, 30%): 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.34-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.40-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.00 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.26-0.07 (m, 6H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 295 [M+H] + .
Ethyl 2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylate (6b)
To a solution of ethyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropanecarboxylate (1.45 g, 3.69 mmol) in THF (35 mL) under N 2 was added HF.pyridine (1.0 mL, 38 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h. After this time, additional HF.pyridine (1.0 mL, 38 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 19 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and diluted with Et 2 O (150 mL). The mixture was then carefully quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 until gas evolution ceased. At this time, the organic layer was separated and the remaining aqueous layer was extracted with Et 2 O (300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20%-50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded the title compound (0.960 g, 93%): 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.34-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.11-4.83 (m, 3H), 4.21 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.25 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 1H); ESI MS m/z 280 [M+H] + .
2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylic acid (7b)
To a 0° C. solution of ethyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylate (6b, 12.5 g, 44.7 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (24.7 g, 179.0 mmol) as a solution in H 2 O (300 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 4 h and then additional H 2 O (200 mL) was added. After stirring an additional 18 h at room temperature the reaction was concentrated to remove most of the THF. The remaining aqueous solution was washed with Et 2 O (2×500 mL), acidified with 2 N HCl to pH 2, and then extracted with EtOAc (5×200 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with brine (500 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compounds (7.75 g, 69%) as a mixture of diastereomers. The mixture was triturated with Et 2 O to afford a white solid as mostly the major diastereomers. The supernatant was concentrated and then triturated with Et 2 O to afford a clean mixture of both diastereomers. Major Diastereomer: 1 H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.50-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.22-4.96 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.60 (dd, J=8.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.10 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 250 [M−H] − . Mixture of Diastereomers: 1 H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.45-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.24-5.01 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 0.46H), 3.14-3.01 (m, 0.54H), 1.71-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.42 (dd, J=9.1, 6.4 Hz, 0.54H), 1.12 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 0.46H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 250 [M−H] − .
Representative Compounds
Example 1
6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-NCbz-paromomycin (2)
To a stirring solution of 4′,6′-benzyldene-per-Cbz-paromomycin (prepared as described in Hanessian S., et al., Can. J. Chem. 56:1482 (1978)) (1, 2.43 g, 1.77 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added pyridine (1.6 mL, 19.5 mmol), followed by DMAP (54 mg, 0.44 mmol) and p-nitrophenyl methyl carbonate (3.49 g, 17.7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 48 h. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL MeOH (5 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 15 min. The crude mixture was reduced under vacuum, diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, 1 N NaOH and brine. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→30% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methyl carbonate-4′,6′-benzyldene-per-Cbz-paromomycin (2, 2.74 g, 91%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 82 H 9I N 5 O 36 (M+H + ) 1722.5517, found 1722.5460; 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 156.80-154.00 (m, 11C), 137.20-136.20 (m, 6C), 129.20-126.50 (m, 30C), 106.70, 101.60, 101.10, 98.40, 81.90, 79.70, 79.40, 78.80, 76.30, 74.60, 74.00, 72.80, 72.40, 70.40, 68.70, 67.10-66.90 (m, 6C), 65.10, 63.70, 55.70-55.10 (m, 6C), 54.50, 51.10, 50.10, 49.40, 41.60, 33.70.
Compound 2 (2.74 g, 1.68) was dissolved in a minimum volume of CHCl 3 and was suspended in 80% aqueous AcOH (50 mL) and heated at 60° C. overnight. The acetic acid was removed by evaporation under high vacuum at 60° C., and the residue was neutralized with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 3 (2.38 g, 92%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 75 H 87 N 5 O 36 (M+H + ) 1634.5204, found 1634.5126; 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 156.48-153.66 (m, 11C), 136.27-135.96 (m, 5C), 128.41-127.81 (m, 25C), 106.42, 99.68, 98.10, 81.55, 81.02, 78.99, 78.50, 78.09, 77.12, 76.17, 74.41, 72.94, 72.48, 72.06, 70.04, 69.78, 66.71-66.61 (m, 5C), 65.10, 62.07, 55.36, 55.35, 55.11, 55.00, 54.82, 53.59, 51.06, 49.77, 49.14, 41.16, 33.12.
4′-O-mesyl-6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (4)
Compound 3 was dried by azeotroping three times with toluene. To a stirring solution of 3 (2.38 g, 1.45 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) at 0° C. was added TBSOTf (435 μL, 1.9 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr. The reaction was deemed complete by LRMS (6′-OTBS-inetrmediate: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 81 H 101 N 5 O 36 Si (M+H′) 1748.6068, found 1748.5987. Mesyl chloride (340 μL, 4.37 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred with warming to RT for 3 hr. The reaction was deemed complete by LRMS (4′-OMs-6′-OTBS intermediate: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 82 H 103 N 5 O 38 SSi (M+H + ) 1826.5844, found 1826.5764. Excess mesyl chloride was quenched with MeOH (300 μL) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The crude mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and 70% HF.pyr (3 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred overnight at 0° C. The reaction mixture was neutralized with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 and reduced under high-vacuum to a residue, which was diluted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 4 (2.41 g, 97%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 76 H 89 N 5 O 38 S (M+H + )1712.4979, found 1712.4921; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 158.90-155.46 (m, 11C), 138.42-138.16 (m, 5C), 129.67-128.95 (m, 25C), 109.58, 99.21, 97.87, 84.72, 81.12, 79.88, 79.61, 78.82, 77.04, 76.66, 76.14, 73.71, 73.45, 71.53, 71.27, 68.25-67.58 (m, 5C), 66.63, 61.62, 56.37-55.84 (m, 6C), 55.04, 51.28, 51.12, 50.84, 41.67, 38.77, 34.42.
6′-formyl-4′,5′-dehydro-6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-]Cbz-paromomycin (5)
To a stirring solution of 4 (2.41 g, 1.41 mmol, dried azeotroping three times with toluene) in DCM (40 mL) and Et 3 N (10 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a solution of DMSO (6 mL) pre-activated with py.SO 3 (2.0 g, 12.5 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and reduced under vacuum to a liquid residue which was diluted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→30% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 5 (2.08 g, 91%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 75 H 83 N 5 O 35 (M+Na + ) 1636.4761, found 1636.4703; 13 C NMR (DMSO, 100 MHz) δ 186.60, 156.23-153.46 (m, 11C), 148.37, 137.25-136.87 (m, 5C), 128.42-127.57 (m, 25C), 116.92, 107.43, 96.87, 82.38, 79.66, 78.10, 78.05, 77.31, 73.90, 71.59, 71.15, 70.92, 69.33, 65.78-65.27 (m, 5C), 65.00, 55.48-55.05 (m, 6C), 54.60, 50.47, 49.36, 49.27, 49.17, 49.09, 32.80.
6′-formyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (6)
To a stirring solution of 5 (1.0 g, 0.62 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added Et 3 N (950 μL, 6.81 mmol), followed by formic acid (240 μL, 6.19 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed under a flow of argon by successive freezing at −78° C. and sonication. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (28.4 mg, 0.031 mmol) and tributylphosphine (31 μL, 0.124 mmol) were then added and the reaction was heated at 60° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through silica and washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with sat. NaCl and concentrated to a residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (20→40% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 6 (928 mg, 97%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H 81 N 5 O 32 (M+H + ) 1540.4937, found 1540.4930; 13 C NMR (DMSO, 175 MHz) δ 186.18, 156.22-153.45 (m, 10C), 148.23, 137.26-136.87 (m, 5C), 128.42-127.56 (m, 25C), 121.47, 107.47, 96.86, 94.86, 82.49, 79.68, 79.24, 78.03, 77.67, 77.28, 73.89, 71.55, 71.12, 69.28, 65.72-65.43 (m, 5C), 65.27, 65.22, 55.49-54.70 (m, 5C), 49.33, 49.01, 46.69, 33.07, 23.46.
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (7)
To a stirring solution of 6 (928 mg, 0.602 mmol) in THY (10 mL) was added NaCNBH 3 (1.0 M in THF, 1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol) and 20 drops of AcOH. After stirring overnight, the reaction was filtered through silica and washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 7 (867 mg, 93%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H 83 N 5 O 32 (M+Na + ) 1564.4913, found 1564.4937 (1.53 ppm); 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 158.90-155.50 (m, 10C), 149.70, 138.50-138.40 (m, 5C), 129.70-128.90 (m, 25C), 109.40, 99.20, 98.90, 97.00, 84.30, 81.00, 79.90, 78.50, 78.20, 76.50, 73.80, 73.50, 71.40, 67.90-67.60 (m, 5C), 67.10, 63.10, 56.40-55.80 (m, 5C), 51.20, 51.10, 50.80, 48.60, 41.80, 35.20, 23.99.
6′-azido-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-neomycin (8)
To a stirring solution of 7 (866 mg, 0.561 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. was added diphenylphosphoryl azide (160 μL, 0.73 mmol), followed by DBU (110 μL, 0.73 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. It was then heated to 50° C. for 5 hr. The reaction was quenched with water, and the organic solvent was removed under vacuum. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→20% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 8 (807 mg, 92%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H s2 N 8 O 31 (M+H + )1567.5159, found 1567.5113; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 157.40-153.94 (m, 10C), 144.60, 136.94-136.75 (m, 5C), 128.21-127.40 (m, 25C), 107.94, 99.37, 97.62, 95.86, 82.97, 79.57, 78.28, 77.76, 77.10, 74.74, 72.24, 71.97, 69.79, 66.34, 66.34, 66.24, 66.19, 66.04, 65.16, 54.87, 54.69, 54.68, 54.61, 54.18, 52.35, 49.58, 49.57, 49.25, 46.88, 40.20, 33.21, 22.30. FTIR: 3367, 2102, 1754, 1725, 1519, 1442, 1257 cm −1 .
6′-azido-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-per-Cbz-neomycin (9)
Azide 8 (755 mg, 0.482 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8 and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was neutralized with AcOH (5 to 10 drops), and reduced under vacuum to give a crude, which was filtered through a short silica pad washing with 10% MeOH/DCM. The organic layer was concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (2→3% MeOH/DCM) to yield 9 (488 mg, 79%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 72 N 8 O 21 (M+H + ) 1277.4885, found 1277.4864 (−1.59 ppm); 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 157.44-156.39 (m, 5C), 144.22, 136.51-136.29 (m, 5C), 127.75-126.71 (m, 25C), 108.85, 98.9, 98.51, 95.16, 85.44, 81.89, 77.19, 76.58, 73.98, 73.76, 72.82, 69.8, 67.42, 66.14, 65.84-65.75 (m, 5C), 61.54, 52.35, 51.94, 51.09, 49.38, 40.76, 33.52, 21.56. FTIR: 3368, 2101, 1699, 1524, 1245, 1040 cm −1 .
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (10)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 9 (29.5 mg, 0.023 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→20% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (15 μL) and lyophilized to yield 10 (7.3 mg, 33%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 23 H 44 N 6 O 11 (M+H + )603.2960, found 603.2957; [α] D =+32.6 (c 0.33, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 400 MHz) δ 5.64 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (d, J=1.54 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (d, J=2.80 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J=3.52, 3.52 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (t, J=5.44, 5.44 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dd, J=4.98, 2.85 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J=5.74, 4.07, 1.15 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J=3.10, 3.10 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (dt, J=5.62, 5.54, 3.46 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=9.70, 9.70 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dt, J=5.60, 5.43, 1.33 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=12.15, 3.47 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.74 (t, J=9.14, 9.14 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.54 (ddd, J=2.72, 1.60, 0.96 Hz, 1H), 3.43-3.32 (m, 3H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.62 (ddd, J=18.12, 5.00, 3.59 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (td, J=12.50, 3.98, 3.98 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (td, J=18.58, 4.19, 4.19 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (dd, J=24.63, 11.99 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 100 MHz) δ 180.40, 143.01, 109.92, 100.09, 96.26, 95.29, 83.54, 81.20, 78.04, 75.85, 73.01, 71.66, 69.80, 67.29, 66.96, 60.94, 50.50, 49.54, 47.93, 45.46, 40.09, 40.06, 28.08, 22.66, 22.52; CLND 94.8% purity.
Example 2
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-paromomycin (2)
Alcohol 1 (100 mg, 0.065 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8 and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was neutralized with AcOH (drops), and reduced under vacuum to give a crude, which was filtered through a short silica pad washing with 10% MeOH/DCM. The organic layer was concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (3→5% MeOH/DCM) to yield 2 (65 mg, 80%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 73 N 5 O 22 (M+Na + )1274.4639, found 1274.4615; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 157.83-157.12 (m, 5C), 148.13, 136.88-136.70 (m, 5C), 128.17-127.13 (m, 25C), 109.05, 98.82, 97.43, 94.96, 85.72, 82.21, 77.46, 75.60, 74.38, 74.09, 73.23, 70.17, 67.79, 66.50-66.08 (m, 6C), 61.86, 61.60, 52.73, 51.46, 49.87, 41.15, 34.28, 22.07.
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (65 mg, 0.052 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→20% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (50 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (33.9 mg, 80%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 23 H 43 N 5 O 12 (M+H + ) 582.2981, found 582.2982; [α] D =+33.8 (c 1.10, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz) δ 5.44 (d, J=0.63 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=0.98 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=1.84 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (t, J=3.48, 3.48 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J=5.89, 5.37 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J=4.66, 2.06 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=2.97, 2.97 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dt, J=5.88, 5.82, 3.34 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (t, J=9.76, 9.76 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.75 (dt, J=5.57, 5.44, 1.00 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (dd, J=12.17, 3.19 Hz, 1H), 3.65-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.62 (t, J=9.18, 9.18 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (dd, J=12.11, 5.56 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (t, J=9.84, 9.84 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.32 (ddd, J=12.70, 10.77, 4.12 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.62, 6.73 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.46 (ddd, J=7.79, 4.82, 3.39 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (td, J=12.20, 3.97, 3.97 Hz, 1H), 2.15 (td, J=8.28, 3.89, 3.89 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (q, J=12.62, 12.62, 12.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz) δ 180.92, 148.97, 110.35, 97.08, 96.34, 95.32, 83.71, 81.18, 77.88, 75.81, 73.11, 71.69, 70.08, 67.55, 67.16, 61.11, 60.70, 50.72, 49.64, 48.22, 45.89, 40.28, 27.78, 22.91, 22.81; CLND 98.2% purity.
Example 3
1,3,2′,2′″,6′″-N-Cbz-6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-neomycin (2)
Aldehyde 1 (85 mg, 0.053 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8. The reaction was stirred for 5 hr at room temperature, and LRMS indicated complete deprotection of the methylcarbonates (HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 71 N 5 O 23 (M+Na + ) 1288.4432, found 1288.44620. The reaction mixture was acidified with AcOH (100 μL), cooled to 0° C., and methylamine (80 μL, 2 M in THF, 0.16 mmol) was added, followed by NaCNBH 3 (100 μL, 1 M in THF, 0.10 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with water (1 mL), and the organic solvents were removed by evaporation. The reaction was then diluted with DCM, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→9% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (44.6 mg, 66%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd. for C 64 H 76 N 6 O 22 (M+H + ) 1281.5085, found 1281.5059; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 157.44-156.74 (m, 5C), 147.04, 136.50-136.21 (m, 5C), 127.83-126.87 (m, 5C), 108.91, 102.55, 98.53, 97.90, 84.77, 81.83, 79.39, 76.70, 74.01, 73.70, 72.77, 69.80, 67.38, 66.22, 65.88-65.73 (m, 5C), 63.23, 61.58, 54.03, 52.31, 51.20, 50.99, 49.86, 40.76, 32.88.
6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-neomycin (3)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (39.1 mg, 0.030 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→25% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (30 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (24.4 mg, 82%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 24 H 46 N 6 O 12 (M+H + ) 611.3246, found 611.3244; [α] D =+55.4 (c 0.66, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz) δ 5.55 (d, J=0.59 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=3.99 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.37 (t, J=5.62, 5.62 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J=3.32, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=3.04, 3.04 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J=9.76, 8.98 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (td, J=5.15, 4.03, 4.03 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.64 (dd, J=12.39, 4.99 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.41 (t, J=10.17, 10.17 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=13.59, 6.81 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J=11.77 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=25.43, 13.23 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz) δ 180.26, 144.52, 109.43, 104.61, 96.18, 95.48, 82.58, 81.40, 78.46, 75.75, 73.18, 71.81, 70.08, 67.59, 67.15, 61.86, 60.71, 51.41, 50.73, 49.73, 49.08, 48.11, 40.36, 32.23, 27.88, 22.53; CLND 98.3% purity.
Example 4
1,3,2′,2′″,6′″-N-Cbz-6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (2)
Aldehyde 1 (94 mg, 0.061 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8. The reaction was stirred for 5 hr at room temperature, and LRMS indicated complete deprotection of the methylcarbonates (HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 71 N 5 O 22 (M+Na + ) 1272.4483, found 1272.4472. The reaction mixture was acidified with AcOH (100 μL), cooled to 0° C., and methylamine (91 μL, 2 M in THF, 0.18 mmol) was added, followed by NaCNBH 3 (120 μL, 1 M in THF, 0.12 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with water (1 mL), and the organic solvents were removed by evaporation. The reaction was then diluted with DCM, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→8% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (44.5 mg, 58%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd. for C 64 H 76 N 6 O 21 (M+H + )1265.5136, found 1265.5137; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 159.30-158.50 (m, 5C), 147.90, 138.30-138.20 (m, 5C), 129.68-128.68 (m, 25C), 110.30, 100.40, 99.10, 97.20, 87.10, 83.70, 79.00, 78.60, 75.70, 75.70, 74.80, 71.70, 69.30, 68.00, 67.73-67.70 (m, 5C), 63.30, 53.80, 52.90, 51.60, 47.00, 42.70, 35.50, 35.20, 23.60.
6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (3)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (44.5 mg, 0.035 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:15→25% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (30 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (25.1 mg, 74%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 24 H 46 N 6 O 11 (M+H + ) 595.3297, found 595.3286; [α] D =+29.0 (c 0.61, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz□ δ 5.54 (d, J=0.59 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=0.87 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (t, J=3.26, 3.26 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=2.50 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=5.48, 5.48 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J=4.68, 2.82 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J=5.31, 4.75 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (t, J=3.04, 3.04 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dt, J=5.73, 5.72, 3.69 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=9.73, 9.73 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dt, J=6.11, 5.95, 1.80 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (dd, J=12.20, 3.27 Hz, 1H), 3.67-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.56 (dd, J=12.16, 5.55 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.79, 3.88 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dt, J=12.48, 12.27, 4.05 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.52 (ddd, J=8.42, 5.22, 3.81 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (ddd, J=13.80, 4.87, 4.12 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (ddd, J=7.74, 4.87, 4.13 Hz, 1H), 1.63 (dd, J=25.31, 12.68 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz□ δ 181.22, 141.71, 110.27, 102.52, 96.47, 95.51, 83.92, 81.37, 78.43, 75.94, 73.21, 71.98, 70.06, 67.59, 67.22, 61.09, 50.75, 49.83, 49.32, 48.16, 45.63, 40.31, 31.87, 28.51, 23.10, 22.90; CLND 94.3% purity.
Example 5
6′-azido-1,6-4′″,6′″-biscarbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (2)
To a stirring solution of 1 (100 mg. 0.078 mmol, dried by azeotroping with toluene) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added KHMDS (470 μL, 0.235 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred overnight at 0° C. The reaction was quenched with AcOH (30 μL), concentrated under high-vac. at 50° C., and the residue was filtered through a 0.45 μm syringe filter washing with THF. Solvent evaporation gave a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→7→8% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (48.9 mg, 59%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 49 H 56 N 8 O 19 M+H + )1061.3734, found 1061.3729; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 160.61, 157.14, 156.84, 156.34, 153.21, 144.25, 136.32-136.28, 127.77-127.06, 107.73, 98.92, 97.20, 95.57, 83.04, 81.72, 78.32, 77.85, 76.19, 74.40, 72.80, 67.56, 66.33, 66.09, 65.86, 62.96, 61.99, 53.54, 51.90, 51.79, 50.85, 46.72, 43.14, 31.40, 21.50. FTIR: 3381, 2102, 1698, 1429, 1348, 1038.
6′-azido-4′″,6′″-carbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (3)
To a stirring solution of 2 (47 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 0.5 M LiOH (530 μL, 0.266 mmol), and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was diluted with THF (10 mL) and filtered through a 0.45 μm syringe filter washing with THF. The solvents were reduced under vacuum at 60° C. and the residue was redissolved in 2 mL THF and re-filtered. Solvent evaporation gave crude 3, which was dried under high vacuum for 3 hr and used in the next step without further purification.
6′-azido-1-(N-Cbz-2(S)hydroxyl-4-amino-butyryl)-4′″,6′″-carbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (4)
To a stirring solution of N-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butiric acid (22.3 mg, 0.088 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added N-hydroxysuccinimide (10.1 mg, 0.088 mmol), followed by DIPEA (46 μL, 0.155 mmol), EDC (18.6 mg, 0.097 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. A solution of 3 (0.044 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was then added and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl, concentrated under vacuum, diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (9→10% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 4 (21.1 mg, 38%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 60 H 71 N 9 O 22 (M+H + ) 1270.4785; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 175.12, 157.17-156.37 (m, 4C), 153.17, 144.23, 136.59-136.31 (m, 4C), 127.80-126.94 (m, 20C), 108.51, 98.94, 97.79, 95.10, 85.24, 81.60, 77.70, 76.84, 76.37, 74.33, 73.56, 69.04, 67.50, 66.08, 66.04, 65.75, 65.66, 62.85, 61.53, 51.95, 51.77, 49.46, 49.15, 46.82, 43.09, 36.27, 33.79, 32.89, 21.50; FTIR: 3369, 2102, 1698, 1429, 1040 cm −1 .
6′-azido-1-(N-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxyl-4-amino-butyryl)-3,2′,2′″,6′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (4)
To a stirring solution of 4 (21.1 mg, 0.0167 mmol, dried by azeotroping with toluene) in anhydrous benzyl alcohol (2 mL) was added sodium benzyloxide (100 μL, 1 M in benzyl alcohol, 0.10 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 16 hr. The reaction was quenched with AcOH (10 μL, 0.17 mmol) and diluted with benzyl alcohol (20 mL). the reaction mixture was purified by flash chromatography (4→8% MeOH/DCM) yielding 5 (19.5 mg, 85%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 67 H 79 N 9 O 23 (M+Na + ) 1400.5181, found 1400.5180; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 175.50, 157.82-156.74 (m, 5C), 144.61, 136.98-136.66 (m, 5C), 128.14-127.13 (m, 25C), 109.20, 99.29, 98.84, 95.57, 85.73, 82.26, 77.47, 76.99, 74.06, 73.85, 73.20, 70.17, 69.40, 67.80, 66.53, 66.22, 66.19, 66.11, 66.03, 61.90, 52.72, 52.33, 49.81, 49.48, 48.13, 41.16, 36.63, 34.16, 33.30, 21.92; FTIR: 3380, 2102, 1693, 1431, 1527, 1031 cm −1 .
1-(2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butyryl)-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (6)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 5 (31.5 mg, 0.023 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→30% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (20 μL) and lyophilized to yield 6 (14.2 mg, 63%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 27 H 51 N 7 O 13 (M+H + ) 682.3618, found 682.3620; [α] D =+ 27.5 (c 0.71, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz□ δ 5.57 (d, J=1.20 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=2.45 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (t, J=3.76, 3.76 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J=5.92, 5.26 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J=4.90, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J=8.16, 3.89 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=3.10, 3.10 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dt, J=5.69, 5.65, 3.42 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (dd, J=10.11, 9.43 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (ddd, J=5.73, 4.46, 1.33 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (ddd, J=12.31, 10.60, 4.29 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J=12.05, 3.29 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J=4.11, 2.52 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=9.20 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=12.14, 5.40 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=4.03 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (dd, J=11.80, 7.96 Hz, 1H), 3.46-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.37 (ddd, J=12.69, 10.58, 4.27 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=13.64, 6.67 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=13.61, 3.91 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.55 (ddd, J=8.48, 4.59, 3.48 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (td, J=18.83, 4.15, 4.15 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (td, J=12.79, 4.31, 4.31 Hz, 1H), 2.03 (dddd, J=12.09, 8.11, 6.62, 3.87 Hz, 1H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.66 (q, J=12.64, 12.64, 12.63 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D2O, 175 MHz) δ 179.32, 175.54, 143.32, 110.23, 100.43, 96.74, 95.36, 84.43, 81.21, 78.13, 75.88, 73.16, 72.88, 70.04, 69.43, 67.58, 67.19, 61.14, 50.74, 48.66, 48.52, 45.74, 40.45, 40.35, 36.48, 30.79, 29.48, 23.02, 21.95; CLND 96% purity.
Other Representative Compounds
The following representative compounds may be prepared according to the foregoing procedures.
MIC Assay Protocol
Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC) were determined by reference Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) broth microdilution methods per M7-A7 [2006]. Quality control ranges utilizing E. coli ATCC 25922, P. aeruginosa ATCC 27853 and S. aureus ATCC 29213, and interpretive criteria for comparator agents were as published in CLSI M100-S17 [2007]. Briefly, serial two-fold dilutions of the test compounds were prepared at 2× concentration in Mueller Hinton Broth. The compound dilutions were mixed in 96-well assay plates in a 1:1 ratio with bacterial inoculum. The inoculum was prepared by suspension of a colony from an agar plate that was prepared the previous day. Bacteria were suspended in sterile saline and added to each assay plate to obtain a final concentration of 5×10 5 CFU/mL. The plates were incubated at 35 C for 20 hours in ambient air. The MIC was determined to be the lowest concentration of the test compound that resulted in no visible bacterial growth as compared to untreated control. Data for certain representative compounds is shown in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Representative
Example #/Compound #
AECO001
APAE001
1/10
B
A
2/3
C
C
3/3
B
A
4/3
B
B
5/6
A
A
* AECO001 is ATCC25922 and APAE001 is ATCC27853.
** MIC Key:
MIC's of 1.0 μg/mL or less = A
MIC's of greater than 1.0 μg/mL to 16.0 μg/mL = B
MIC's of greater than 16.0 μg/mL = C
All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety to the extent not inconsistent with the present description.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
1.PublishNumber: US-2012283207-A1
2.Date Publish: 20121108
3.Inventor: MAIANTI JUAN PABLO
AGGEN JAMES BRADLEY
DOZZO PAOLA
GOLDBLUM ADAM AARON
LINSELL MARTIN SHERINGHAM
HANESSIAN STEPHEN
GIGUERE ALEXANDRE
GRZYB JUSTYNA
4.Inventor Harmonized: MAIANTI JUAN PABLO(US)
AGGEN JAMES BRADLEY(US)
DOZZO PAOLA(US)
GOLDBLUM ADAM AARON(US)
LINSELL MARTIN SHERINGHAM(US)
HANESSIAN STEPHEN(CA)
GIGUERE ALEXANDRE(CA)
GRZYB JUSTYNA(CA)
5.Country: US
6.Claims:
(en)Compounds having antibacterial activity are disclosed. The compounds have the following structure (I):
including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined herein. Methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, are also disclosed.
7.Description:
(en)CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of International PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/052040, filed on Oct. 8, 2010, now pending, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/250,114 filed Oct. 9, 2009. The foregoing applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
This invention was made with government support under Contract No. HHSN272200800043C, awarded by the National Institutes of Health, an agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services. The government has certain rights in this invention.
BACKGROUND
1. Field
The present invention is directed to novel aminoglycoside compounds, and methods for their preparation and use as therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
2. Description of the Related Art
A particular interest in modern drug discovery is the development of novel low molecular weight drugs that work by binding to RNA. RNA, which serves as a messenger between DNA and proteins, was thought to be an entirely flexible molecule without significant structural complexity. Recent studies have revealed a surprising intricacy in RNA structure. RNA has a structural complexity rivaling proteins, rather than simple motifs like DNA. Genome sequencing reveals both the sequences of the proteins and the mRNAs that encode them. Since proteins are synthesized using an RNA template, such proteins can be inhibited by preventing their production in the first place by interfering with the translation of the mRNA. Since both proteins and the RNAs are potential drug targeting sites, the number of targets revealed from genome sequencing efforts is effectively doubled. These observations unlock a new world of opportunities for the pharmaceutical industry to target RNA with small molecules.
Classical drug discovery has focused on proteins as targets for intervention. Proteins can be extremely difficult to isolate and purify in the appropriate form for use in assays for drug screening. Many proteins require post-translational modifications that occur only in specific cell types under specific conditions. Proteins fold into globular domains with hydrophobic cores and hydrophilic and charged groups on the surface. Multiple subunits frequently form complexes, which may be required for a valid drug screen. Membrane proteins usually need to be embedded in a membrane to retain their proper shape. The smallest practical unit of a protein that can be used in drug screening is a globular domain. The notion of removing a single alpha helix or turn of a beta sheet and using it in a drug screen is not practical, since only the intact protein may have the appropriate 3-dimensional shape for drug binding. Preparation of biologically active proteins for screening is a major limitation in classical high throughput screening. Quite often the limiting reagent in high throughput screening efforts is a biologically active form of a protein which can also be quite expensive.
For screening to discover compounds that bind RNA targets, the classic approaches used for proteins can be superceded with new approaches. All RNAs are essentially equivalent in their solubility, ease of synthesis or use in assays. The physical properties of RNAs are independent of the protein they encode. They may be readily prepared in large quantity through either chemical or enzymatic synthesis and are not extensively modified in vivo. With RNA, the smallest practical unit for drug binding is the functional subdomain. A functional subdomain in RNA is a fragment that, when removed from the larger RNA and studied in isolation, retains its biologically relevant shape and protein or RNA-binding properties. The size and composition of RNA functional subdomains make them accessible by enzymatic or chemical synthesis. The structural biology community has developed significant experience in identification of functional RNA subdomains in order to facilitate structural studies by techniques such as NMR spectroscopy. For example, small analogs of the decoding region of 16S rRNA (the A-site) have been identified as containing only the essential region, and have been shown to bind antibiotics in the same fashion as the intact ribosome.
The binding sites on RNA are hydrophilic and relatively open as compared to proteins. The potential for small molecule recognition based on shape is enhanced by the deformability of RNA. The binding of molecules to specific RNA targets can be determined by global conformation and the distribution of charged, aromatic, and hydrogen bonding groups off of a relatively rigid scaffold. Properly placed positive charges are believed to be important, since long-range electrostatic interactions can be used to steer molecules into a binding pocket with the proper orientation. In structures where nucleobases are exposed, stacking interactions with aromatic functional groups may contribute to the binding interaction. The major groove of RNA provides many sites for specific hydrogen bonding with a ligand. These include the aromatic N7 nitrogen atoms of adenosine and guanosine, the O4 and O6 oxygen atoms of uridine and guanosine, and the amines of adenosine and cytidine. The rich structural and sequence diversity of RNA suggests to us that ligands can be created with high affinity and specificity for their target.
Although our understanding of RNA structure and folding, as well as the modes in which RNA is recognized by other ligands, is far from being comprehensive, significant progress has been made in the last decade (see, e.g., Chow, C. S.; Bogdan, F. M., Chem. Rev., 1997, 97, 1489 and Wallis, M. G.; Schroeder, R., Prog. Biophys. Molec. Biol. 1997, 67, 141). Despite the central role RNA plays in the replication of bacteria, drugs that target these pivotal RNA sites of these pathogens are scarce. The increasing problem of bacterial resistance to antibiotics makes the search for novel RNA binders of crucial importance.
Certain small molecules can bind and block essential functions of RNA. Examples of such molecules include the aminoglycoside antibiotics and drugs such as erythromycin which binds to bacterial rRNA and releases peptidyl-tRNA and mRNA. Aminoglycoside antibiotics have long been known to bind RNA. They exert their antibacterial effects by binding to specific target sites in the bacterial ribosome. For the structurally related antibiotics neamine, ribostamycin, neomycin B, and paromomycin, the binding site has been localized to the A-site of the prokaryotic 16S ribosomal decoding region RNA (see Moazed, D.; Noller, H. F., Nature, 1987, 327, 389). Binding of aminoglycosides to this RNA target interferes with the fidelity of mRNA translation and results in miscoding and truncation, leading ultimately to bacterial cell death (see Alper, P. B.; Hendrix, M.; Sears, P.; Wong, C., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1998, 120, 1965).
There is a need in the art for new chemical entities that work against bacteria with broad-spectrum activity. Perhaps the biggest challenge in discovering RNA-binding antibacterial drugs is identifying vital structures common to bacteria that can be disabled by small molecule drug binding. A challenge in targeting RNA with small molecules is to develop a chemical strategy which recognizes specific shapes of RNA. There are three sets of data that provide hints on how to do this: natural protein interactions with RNA, natural product antibiotics that bind RNA, and man-made RNAs (aptamers) that bind proteins and other molecules. Each data set, however, provides different insights to the problem.
Several classes of drugs obtained from natural sources have been shown to work by binding to RNA or RNA/protein complexes. These include three different structural classes of antibiotics: thiostreptone, the aminoglycoside family and the macrolide family of antibiotics. These examples provide powerful clues to how small molecules and targets might be selected. Nature has selected RNA targets in the ribosome, one of the most ancient and conserved targets in bacteria. Since antibacterial drugs are desired to be potent and have broad-spectrum activity, these ancient processes, fundamental to all bacterial life, represent attractive targets. The closer we get to ancient conserved functions the more likely we are to find broadly conserved RNA shapes. It is important to also consider the shape of the equivalent structure in humans, since bacteria were unlikely to have considered the therapeutic index of their RNAs while evolving them.
A large number of natural antibiotics exist, these include the aminoglycosides, such as, kirromycin, neomycin, paromomycin, thiostrepton, and many others. They are very potent, bactericidal compounds that bind RNA of the small ribosomal subunit. The bactericidal action is mediated by binding to the bacterial RNA in a fashion that leads to misreading of the genetic code. Misreading of the code during translation of integral membrane proteins is thought to produce abnormal proteins that compromise the barrier properties of the bacterial membrane.
Antibiotics are chemical substances produced by various species of microorganisms (bacteria, fungi, actinomycetes) that suppress the growth of other microorganisms and may eventually destroy them. However, common usage often extends the term antibiotics to include synthetic antibacterial agents, such as the sulfonamides, and quinolines, that are not products of microbes. The number of antibiotics that have been identified now extends into the hundreds, and many of these have been developed to the stage where they are of value in the therapy of infectious diseases. Antibiotics differ markedly in physical, chemical, and pharmacological properties, antibacterial spectra, and mechanisms of action. In recent years, knowledge of molecular mechanisms of bacterial, fungal, and viral replication has greatly facilitated rational development of compounds that can interfere with the life cycles of these microorganisms.
At least 30% of all hospitalized patients now receive one or more courses of therapy with antibiotics, and millions of potentially fatal infections have been cured. At the same time, these pharmaceutical agents have become among the most misused of those available to the practicing physician. One result of widespread use of antimicrobial agents has been the emergence of antibiotic-resistant pathogens, which in turn has created an ever-increasing need for new drugs. Many of these agents have also contributed significantly to the rising costs of medical care.
When the antimicrobial activity of a new agent is first tested, a pattern of sensitivity and resistance is usually defined. Unfortunately, this spectrum of activity can subsequently change to a remarkable degree, because microorganisms have evolved the array of ingenious alterations discussed above that allow them to survive in the presence of antibiotics. The mechanism of drug resistance varies from microorganism to microorganism and from drug to drug.
The development of resistance to antibiotics usually involves a stable genetic change, inheritable from generation to generation. Any of the mechanisms that result in alteration of bacterial genetic composition can operate. While mutation is frequently the cause, resistance to antimicrobial agents may be acquired through transfer of genetic material from one bacterium to another by transduction, transformation or conjugation.
For the foregoing reasons, while progress has been made in this field, there is a need for new chemical entities that possess antibacterial activity. Further, in order to accelerate the drug discovery process, new methods for synthesizing aminoglycoside antibiotics are needed to provide an array of compounds that are potentially new drugs for the treatment of bacterial infections. The present invention fulfills these needs and provides further related advantages.
BRIEF SUMMARY
In brief, the present invention is directed to novel aminoglycoside compounds, having antibacterial activity, including stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, and the use of such compounds in the treatment of bacterial infections.
In one embodiment, compounds having the following structure (I) are provided:
or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Q 1 is —NR 1 R 2 , —NR 1 R 11 , —NR 11 R 12 or —OR 3 ; Q 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,
each R 1 and R 2 is, independently, hydrogen or an amino protecting group;
each R 3 is, independently, hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group;
each R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R 8 is, independently, hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 6 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms, or R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 7 and R 8 together with the atom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 9 is, independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 10 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 9 and one R 10 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 11 and R 12 is, independently, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
each n is, independently, an integer from 0 to 4;
Z 1 is hydrogen or halogen; and
Z 2 is hydrogen, halogen or —OR 3 .
In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is provided comprising a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
In another embodiment, a method of using a compound having structure (I) in therapy is provided. In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. In addition, the present invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound having structure (I), or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
These and other aspects of the invention will be apparent upon reference to the following detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In the following description, certain specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments of the invention. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the invention may be practiced without these details.
Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the present specification and claims, the word “comprise” and variations thereof, such as, “comprises” and “comprising” are to be construed in an open, inclusive sense, that is as “including, but not limited to”.
Reference throughout this specification to “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
“Amino” refers to the —NH 2 radical.
“Cyano” refers to the —CN radical.
“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the —OH radical.
“Imino” refers to the ═NH substituent.
“Nitro” refers to the —NO 2 radical.
“Oxo” refers to the ═O substituent.
“Thioxo” refers to the ═S substituent.
“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), having from one to twelve carbon atoms (C 1 -C 12 alkyl), preferably one to eight carbon atoms (C 1 -C 8 alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (C 1 -C 6 alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or double bond and to the radical group through a single or double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionally substituted.
“Alkoxy” refers to a radical of the formula —OR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted.
“Alkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula —NHR a or —NR a R a where each R a is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted.
“Thioalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —SR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Aryl” refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical comprising hydrogen, 6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the aryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-” (such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted.
“Aralkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b —R e where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R e is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Cycloalkyl” or “carbocyclic ring” refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ring systems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Monocyclic radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R d where R d is an alkylene chain as defined above and R g is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cyeloalkylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Fused” refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure in the compounds of the invention. When the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with a nitrogen atom.
“Halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.
“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a haloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic ring” refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring radical which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the heterocyclyl radical may be partially or fully saturated. Examples of such heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.
“N-heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a N-heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R e where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R e is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl may be attached to the alkyl radical at the nitrogen atom. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heteroaryl” refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl, 1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted.
“N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heteroaryl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an N-heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted.
“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R b R f where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R f is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
The term “substituted” used herein means any of the above groups (i.e., alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, thioalkyl groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. “Substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- or triple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles. For example, “substituted” includes any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with —NR g R h , —NR g C(═O)R h , —NR g C(═O)NR g R h , —NR g C(═O)OR h , —NR g C(═NR g )NR g R h , —NR g SO 2 R h , —OC(═O)NR g R h , —OR g , —SR g , —SOR g , —SO 2 R g , —OSO 2 R g , —SO 2 OR g , ═NSO 2 R g , and —SO 2 NR g R h . “Substituted also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with —C(═O)R g , —C(═O)OR g , —C(═O)NR g R h , —CH 2 SO 2 R g , —CH 2 SO 2 NR g R h . In the foregoing, R g and R h are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. “Substituted” further means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl group. In addition, each of the foregoing substituents may also be optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.
The term “protecting group,” as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect reactive groups including without limitation, hydroxyl and amino groups, against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. Hydroxyl and amino groups which protected with a protecting group are referred to herein as “protected hydroxyl groups” and “protected amino groups”, respectively. Protecting groups are typically used selectively and/or orthogonally to protect sites during reactions at other reactive sites and can then be removed to leave the unprotected group as is or available for further reactions. Protecting groups as known in the art are described generally in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999). Groups can be selectively incorporated into aminoglycosides of the invention as precursors. For example an amino group can be placed into a compound of the invention as an azido group that can be chemically converted to the amino group at a desired point in the synthesis. Generally, groups are protected or present as a precursor that will be inert to reactions that modify other areas of the parent molecule for conversion into their final groups at an appropriate time. Further representative protecting or precursor groups are discussed in Agrawal, et al., Protocols for Oligonucleotide Conjugates, Eds, Humana Press; New Jersey, 1994; Vol. 26 pp. 1-72. Examples of “hydroxyl protecting groups” include, but are not limited to, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triphenylsilyl, benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, pivaloate, benzoate, p-phenylbenzoate, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate and tosylate. Examples of “amino protecting groups” include, but are not limited to, carbamate-protecting groups, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc), 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyflethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); amide protecting groups, such as formyl, acetyl, trihaloacetyl, benzoyl, and nitrophenylacetyl; sulfonamide-protecting groups, such as 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyl; and imine and cyclic imide protecting groups, such as phthalimido and dithiasuccinoyl.
“Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound of the invention. Thus, the term “prodrug” refers to a metabolic precursor of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an active compound of the invention. Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the invention, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound of the invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound of the invention may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound of the invention in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound of the invention. Prodrugs include compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the compound of the invention is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol or amide derivatives of amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention and the like.
The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds of structure (I) being isotopically-labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, and 125 I, respectively. These radiolabelled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action. Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of structure (I), for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2 H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11 C, 18 F, 15 O and 13 N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this invention to a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabelled compound of the invention in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
“Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
“Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratory animals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife and the like.
“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “optionally substituted aryl” means that the aryl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted aryl radicals and aryl radicals having no substitution.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base addition salts.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid, 2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, undecylenic acid, and the like.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and caffeine.
Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of the invention. As used herein, the term “solvate” refers to an aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the invention with one or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be water, in which case the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively, the solvent may be an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the present invention may exist as a hydrate, including a monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate, sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as the corresponding solvated forms. The compound of the invention may be true solvates, while in other cases, the compound of the invention may merely retain adventitious water or be a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.
A “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound of the invention and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients therefor.
“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” refers to that amount of a compound of the invention which, when administered to a mammal, preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined below, of a bacterial infection in the mammal, preferably a human. The amount of a compound of the invention which constitutes a “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and the age of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure.
“Treating” or “treatment” as used herein covers the treatment of the disease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, having the disease or condition of interest, and includes:
(i) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it;
(ii) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.e., arresting its development;
(iii) relieving the disease or condition, i.e., causing regression of the disease or condition; or
(iv) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, i.e., relieving pain without addressing the underlying disease or condition. As used herein, the terms “disease” and “condition” may be used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.
The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers”, which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another.
A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule. The present invention includes tautomers of any said compounds.
As noted above, in one embodiment of the present invention, compounds having antibacterial activity are provided, the compounds having the following structure (I):
or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Q 1 is —NR 1 R 2 , —NR 1 R 11 , —NR 11 R 12 or —OR 3 ; Q 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,
each R 1 and R 2 is, independently, hydrogen or an amino protecting group;
each R 3 is, independently, hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group;
each R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R 8 is, independently, hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 6 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms, or R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms, or R 7 and R 8 together with the atom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 9 is, independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino;
each R 10 is, independently, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
or R 9 and one R 10 together with the atoms to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms;
each R 11 and R 12 is, independently, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
each n is, independently, an integer from 0 to 4;
Z 1 is hydrogen or halogen; and
Z 2 is hydrogen, halogen or —OR 3 .
In further embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are H.
In further embodiments, Q 1 is —NH 2 .
In further embodiments, Q 1 is —NHR 11 . In further embodiments, R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such as, for example, methyl or ethyl. In other further embodiments, R 11 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such as, for example, —(CH 2 ) m OH, wherein m is an integer from 1 to 6 (e.g., —(CH 2 ) 3 OH or —(CH 2 ) 2 OH).
In other further embodiments, Q 1 is —NR 11 R 12 .
In other further embodiments, Q 1 is —OH.
In further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
wherein each R 6 is halogen (such as, for example, fluoro). In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is hydroxyl. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 5 is hydrogen; R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 is hydrogen; R 7 is hydrogen; R 8 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 4 and one R 6 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 6 ring atoms; R 7 is hydrogen; R 8 is hydrogen; and n is an integer from 1 to 4. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 9 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is:
In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 8 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 5 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 9 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 10 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 10 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein: R 7 is hydrogen; and R 8 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 10 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 10 is halogen.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is:
wherein R 4 is hydrogen. In further embodiments, each R 6 is hydrogen. In other further embodiments, at least one R 6 is halogen. In other further embodiments, Q 2 is —C(═O)H.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is optionally substituted alkyl. For example, in more specific embodiments of the foregoing, Q 2 is unsubstituted or Q 2 is substituted with one or more halogen, hydroxyl or amino.
In other further embodiments, Q 2 is hydrogen.
In further embodiments, Z 1 is H.
In other further embodiments, Z 1 is halogen.
In further embodiments, Z 2 is H.
In other further embodiments, Z 2 is —OH.
In other further embodiments, Z 2 is halogen.
In further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
In other further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
In further embodiments, the foregoing compounds of structure (I) have the following configuration:
It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure (I), as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forth herein for a Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , Z 1 and Z 2 group in the compounds of structure (I), as set forth above, may be independently combined with other embodiments and/or substituents of compounds of structure (I) to form embodiments of the inventions not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the event that a list of substitutents is listed for any particular Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , Z 1 and Z 2 in a particular embodiment and/or claim, it is understood that each individual substituent may be deleted from the particular embodiment and/or claim and that the remaining list of substituents will be considered to be within the scope of the invention.
For the purposes of administration, the compounds of the present invention may be administered as a raw chemical or may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of structure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compound of structure (I) is present in the composition in an amount which is effective to treat a particular disease or condition of interest—that is, in an amount sufficient to treat a bacterial infection, and preferably with acceptable toxicity to the patient. The antibacterial activity of compounds of structure (I) can be determined by one skilled in the art, for example, as described in the Examples below. Appropriate concentrations and dosages can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
Compounds of the present invention possess antibacterial activity against a wide spectrum of gram positive and gram negative bacteria, as well as enterobacteria and anaerobes. Representative susceptible organisms generally include those gram positive and gram negative, aerobic and anaerobic organisms whose growth can be inhibited by the compounds of the invention such as Staphylococcus, Lactobacillus, Streptococcus, Sarcina, Escherichia, Enterobacter, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Mycobacterium, Proteus, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Nisseria, Baccillus, Bacteroides, Peptococcus, Clostridium, Salmonella, Shigella, Serratia, Haemophilus, Brucella, Francisella, Anthracis, Yersinia, Corynebacterium, Moraxella, Enterococcus , and other organisms.
Administration of the compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in pure form or in an appropriate pharmaceutical composition, can be carried out via any of the accepted modes of administration of agents for serving similar utilities. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared by combining a compound of the invention with an appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, and aerosols. Typical routes of administering such pharmaceutical compositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal, inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are formulated so as to allow the active ingredients contained therein to be bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient. Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be a single dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the invention in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 2000). The composition to be administered will, in any event, contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings of this invention.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of a solid or liquid. In one aspect, the carrier(s) are particulate, so that the compositions are, for example, in tablet or powder form. The carrier(s) may be liquid, with the compositions being, for example, an oral syrup, injectable liquid or an aerosol, which is useful in, for example, inhalatory administration.
When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention typically are either solid or liquid form, where semi-solid, semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included within the forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.
As a solid composition for oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated into a powder, granule, compressed tablet, pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or the like form. Such a solid composition will typically contain one or more inert diluents or edible carriers. In addition, one or more of the following may be present: binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients such as starch, lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin; a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange flavoring; and a coloring agent.
When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, for example, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or oil.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a liquid, for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension. The liquid may be for oral administration or for delivery by injection, as two examples. When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention typically contain, in addition to the present compounds, one or more of a sweetening agent, preservatives, dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In a composition intended to be administered by injection, one or more of a surfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent may be included.
Liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, whether they be solutions, suspensions or other like form, may include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. Parenteral preparations can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.
A liquid pharmaceutical composition of the invention intended for either parenteral or oral administration should contain an amount of a compound of the invention such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical composition for topical administration. If intended for transdermal administration, the composition may include a transdermal patch or iontophoresis device.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug. Compositions for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitable nonirritating excipient. Such bases include, without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycol.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include various materials, which modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosage unit. For example, the composition may include materials that form a coating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form the coating shell are typically inert, and may be selected from, for example, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be encased in a gelatin capsule.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention in solid or liquid form may include an agent that binds to the compound of the invention and thereby assists in the delivery of the compound. Suitable agents that may act in this capacity include a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, a protein or a liposome.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared in dosage units that can be administered as an aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the invention may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like, which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undue experimentation may determine preferred aerosols.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared by methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, a pharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection can be prepared by combining a compound of the invention with sterile, distilled water so as to form a solution. A surfactant may be added to facilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension. Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compound of the invention so as to facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.
The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, which will vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed; the metabolic stability and length of action of the compound; the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate of excretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorder or condition; and the subject undergoing therapy.
Compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, may also be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of one or more other therapeutic agents. Such combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound of the invention and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of the compound of the invention and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a compound of the invention and the other active agent can be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosage formulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, the compounds of the invention and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
It is understood that in the present description, combinations of substituents and/or variables of the depicted formulae are permissible only if such contributions result in stable compounds.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the synthetic processes described herein the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protecting groups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid. As described above, suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like, and suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include —C(O)—R″ (where R″ is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), p-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters. Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T. W. and P. G. M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed., Wiley. As one of skill in the art would appreciate, the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art, although a protected derivative of compounds of this invention may not possess pharmacological activity as such, they may be administered to a mammal and thereafter metabolized in the body to form compounds of the invention which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives may therefore be described as “prodrugs”. All prodrugs of compounds of this invention are included within the scope of the invention.
Furthermore, compounds of the invention which exist in free base or acid form can be converted to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts by treatment with the appropriate inorganic or organic base or acid by methods known to one skilled in the art. Salts of the compounds of the invention can be converted to their free base or acid form by standard techniques.
The following Examples illustrate various methods of making compounds of this invention, i.e., compound of structure (I):
wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as defined above. It is understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make these compounds by similar methods or by combining other methods known to one skilled in the art. It is also understood that one skilled in the art would be able to make, in a similar manner as described below, other compounds of structure (I) not specifically illustrated below by using the appropriate starting components and modifying the parameters of the synthesis as needed. In general, starting components may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described herein.
The following examples are provided for purposes of illustration, not limitation.
EXAMPLES
General Synthetic Schemes
Example A
N-6′-Reductive Amination
Example B
N-6′-Epoxide
Example C
N-1 Acylation
Example D
N-1 Epoxide Opening
Example E
N-1 Sulfonylation
Example F
N-1 Reductive Amination
Example G
N-6′ Reductive Amination
Representative Coupling Reagents
Representative N-1 Coupling Reagents
Representative N-6′ Coupling Reagents
General Synthetic Procedures
Procedure 1: Reductive Amination
Method A:
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside derivative (0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added the aldehyde (0.068 mmol), silica supported cyanoborohydride (0.1 g, 1.0 mmol/g), and the reaction mixture was heated by microwave irradiation to 100° C. (100 watts power) for 15 minutes. The reaction was checked by MS for completeness, and once complete all solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 ml), and washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL), followed by brine (5 mL). The organic phase was then dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation.
Method B:
To a solution of aminoglycoside derivative (0.078 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) were added 3 Å molecular sieves (15-20), followed by the aldehyde (0.15 mmol) and the reaction was shaken for 2.5 hours. The reaction was checked by MS for completeness and, if needed, more aldehyde (0.5 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise to a stirring solution of NaBH 4 (0.78 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) at 0° C., and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was diluted with H 2 O (2 mL) and EtOAc (2 ml). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×3 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 2: Boc Deprotection (Tert-Butyl Dimethyl Silyl Protecting Group is Removed Under these Conditions)
Important:
Before Boc deprotection a sample must be dried well by pumping at high vacuum for 3 h.
Method A:
To a stirring solution of the Boc protected aminoglycoside (0.054 mmol) in DCM or MeOH (1 mL) were added 3 Å molecular sieves (4-6), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.6 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and checked for completeness by MS. Upon completion the reaction mixture was diluted with ether (15 mL) to induce precipitation. The vial was centrifuged and the supernatant was decanted. The precipitate was washed with ether (2×15 ml), decanted and dried under vacuum.
Procedure 3: PyBOP Coupling
To a stirring solution of aminoglycoside derivative (0.078 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at −40° C. was added the acid (0.16 mmol), followed by PyBOP (0.16 mmol) and DIPEA (0.31 mmol) and the reaction was stirred. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and H 2 O (3 mL), and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (3×3 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 4: Epoxide Opening
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside derivative (0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added the epoxide (0.07 mmol), LiClO 4 (0.15 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated by microwave irradiation to 100° C. for 90 minutes. The reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon completion, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H 2 O (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 5: Phthalimido Deprotection
To a stirring solution of the phthalimido protected aminoglycoside (0.064 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was added hydrazine (0.32 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h. The reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon cooling to room temperature, the cyclic by-product precipitated and was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 6: Sulfonylation
To a stirring solution of the aminoglycoside (0.067 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added DIPEA (0.128 mol) and the sulfonyl chloride (0.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and its progress was monitored by MS. Once complete, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 7: N-Boc Protection
To a stirring solution of the amine (4.64 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 1N NaOH (10 mL), followed by Boc-anhydride (5.57 mmol) and the reaction progress was checked by MS. Once complete, the THF was removed by rotary evaporation and water (40 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with Et 2 O (2×30 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 3 by the addition of dilute H 3 PO 4 and was then extracted with EtOAc (2×60 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with H 2 O (2×30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 8: Syntheses of Epoxides
To a stirring solution of the alkene (5.16 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) at 0° C. was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (8.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and was then allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction progress was monitored by MS and TLC, and additional portions of m-CPBA were added as needed. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with 10% aq. Na 2 SO 3 (2×30 mL), 10% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield a crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-25%).
Procedure 9: General Procedure for Synthesis of α-Hydroxy Carboxylic Acids
Step #1. O-(Trimethylsilyl) Cyanohydrins:
A 50-mL flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar and drying tube was charged with the ketone or aldehyde (0.010 mmol), followed by THF (50 mL), trimethylsilyl cyanide (1.39 g, 14 mmol), and zinc iodide (0.090 g, 0.28 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr. Solvent evaporation gave a residue, which was dissolved in EtOAc (60 mL), washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×30 mL), H 2 O (30 mL), and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
Step #2. Acid Hydrolysis to α-Hydroxy Carboxylic Acid:
AcOH (25 ml) and conc. HCl (25 ml) were added to the unpurified material from step #1 and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2-3 hr. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness to give a white solid, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
Step #3. Boc Protection:
To a stirring solution of solid from step #2 in 2 M NaOH (20 mL) and i-PrOH (20 mL) at 0° C. was added Boc 2 O (6.6 g, 3 mmol) in small portions, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 4 h. i-PrOH was then evaporated, and H 2 O (50 mL) was added, and the aqueous phase was separated and extracted with Et 2 O (2×30 ml). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 by addition of dilute H 3 PO 4 and was extracted with EtOAc (2×60 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with H 2 O (2×30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the desired N-Boc-α-hydroxy carboxylic acids in 56-72% yield.
Procedure 10: Protection of Amine by Fmoc Group
To a stirring solution of the amine (0.049 mol) in DCM (100 mL), was added DIPEA (16 mL, 0.099 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Fmoc-Cl (12.8 g, 0.049 mol) was then added portion-wise over several minutes, and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 hr. The organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the Fmoc protected amine (90-95% yield).
Procedure 11: Synthesis of Aldehydes via TEMPO/Bleach Oxidation
To a vigorously stirring solution of the alcohol (1.54 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added TEMPO (0.007 g, 0.045 mmol, 0.03 mol %) and a 2M aqueous KBr solution (75 mL, 0.15 mmol, 10 mol %) and the reaction mixture was cooled to −10° C. In a separate flask NaHCO 3 (0.5 g, 9.5 mmol) was dissolved in bleach (25 mL, Chlorox 6.0% NaOCl) to yield a 0.78 M buffered NaOCl solution. This freshly prepared 0.78 M NaOCl solution (2.3 mL, 1.8 mmol, 117 mol %) was added to the reaction mixture over 5 min and the reaction was stirred for an additional 30 min at 0° C. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×4 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% aq. Na 2 S 2 O 3 (4 mL), sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (2×4 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 12: Synthesis of Alcohols Via Borane Reduction
To a stirring solution of the acid (1.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at −10° C. was slowly added 1.0 M BH 3 -THF (2.98 mL, 2.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for an additional 3 min at −10° C., and was then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by the dropwise addition of a solution of HOAc/H 2 O (1:1 v/v, 2.0 mL). The THF was removed by rotary evaporation and sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×5 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (2×5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
Procedure 13: Ozonolysis and Pinnick Oxidation
The substrate olefin (0.5 to 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and the reaction was cooled to −78° C. Ozone was bubbled through until a blue color persisted (3 to 5 min), and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr. Argon was then bubbled through to remove excess ozone for 10 minutes. The reaction was further quenched by the addition of dimethyl sulfide (10 equiv.), and was stirred for 30 min with warming to rt. The solvent was reduced under vacuum to yield the crude aldehyde, which was dried under high-vacuum for 10 min, and used without further purification. To a stirring solution of the aldehyde in THF, tBuOH and H 2 O (3:3:2, 10 mL), was added NaH 2 PO 4 (4 equiv.) followed by 2-methyl-2-butene (10 equiv.) and sodium chlorite (2 equiv.), and the reaction was stirred for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was then added to sat. aq. NaCl (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0→0.5 or 1% MeOH/DCM).
General Purification Procedures
Method #1: Purification by Basic Condition
Mobile Phases:
A—Water with 10 mM NH 4 OH
B—Acetonitrile with 10 mM NH 4 OH
Columns:
A: Waters-XBridge Prep Shield RP18 Column
19×250 mm, 5 μm
Gradient: 20 min at 0%, then 0-20% in 200 min at a flow of 20 ml/min
B: Waters-XBridge Prep Shield RP18 Column
50×100 mm, 5 μm
Gradient: 20 min at 0%, then 0-20% in 200 min at a flow of 20 ml/min
Method #2: Purification by Acidic Condition
Mobile Phases:
A—Water with 0.1% TFA
B—Acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA
Columns:
A: Phenomenex Luna C18
21.4×250 mm, 10 μm Gradient: 0-100%, flow 25 ml/min
B: Phenomenex Luna C18
50×250 mm, 10 μm Gradient: 0-100%, flow 45 ml/min
Representative Intermediates
N,N′-bis-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-guanidino-butyric acid
To a stirring solution of 2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butyric acid (0.059 g, 0.50 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added N,N′-bis(benzyloxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine (0.26 g, 0.70 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.87 mL, 4.99 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. The crude mixture was purified on a 2-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield N,N′-bis-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-guanidino-butyric acid: MS: m/z (M+H) + calcd. 430.15, found 430.1.
Benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate
To a solution of benzyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamate chloride salt (1, 540 mg, 2.34 mmol) in sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (45 mL) was added 1 M NaOH (15 mL) and the reaction was stirred vigorously. DCM (30 mL) was added, followed by benzoylperoxide (1.13 g, 4.68 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a crude, which was purified on a 1-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate (2, 252 mg, 0.80 mmol, 34.2%): MS: m/z (M+H) + calc. 315.13, obs. 315.0.
Succinimidyl benzoyloxy(2-Cbz-aminoethyl)carbamate
To a stirring solution of disuccinimidyl carbonate (525 mg, 2.05 mmol) in CH 3 CN (16 mL) was added benzyl-2-(benzoyloxyamino)ethyl carbamate (2, 252 mg, 0.80 mmol) as a solution in CH 3 CN (12 mL) over 4 hours, and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional disuccinimidyl carbonate (251 mg, 0.98 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 60° C. overnight. Solvent removal gave a crude, which was purified on a 2-inch reverse-phase HPLC column (Method 2) to yield succinimidyl benzoyloxy(2-Cbz-aminoethyl)carbamate (3, 81 mg, 0.18 mmol, 22.5% yield).
N-Boc-3-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-propionic acid
To a stirring solution of S-isoserine (4.0 g, 0.038 mol) in dioxane: H 2 O (100 mL, 1:1 v/v) at 0° C. was added N-methylmorpholine (4.77 mL, 0.043 mol), followed by Boc 2 O (11.28 mL, 0.049 mol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with gradual warming to room temperature. Glycine (1.0 g, 0.013 mol) was then added and the reaction was stirred for 20 min. The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and sat aq. NaHCO 3 (75 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL) and then acidified to pH 1 with NaHSO 4 . This solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×70 mL) and these combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to give the desired N-Boc-3-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-propanoic acid (6.30 g, 0.031 mmol, 81.5% yield): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.45 (bs, 1H), 5.28 (bs, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.62 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 174.72, 158.17, 82, 71.85, 44.28, 28.45.
N-Boc-4-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-butyric acid
To a stirring solution of S-4-amino-2-hydroxy-butyric acid (51.98 g, 0.44 mol) in dioxane: H 2 O (2 L, 1:1 v/v) was added K 2 CO 3 (106 g, 0.91 mol) followed by a solution of Boc-anhydride (100 g, 0.46 mol) in dioxane (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was washed with DCM (2×300 mL), and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with H 3 PO 4 . The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×300 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired N-Boc-4-amino-2(S)-hydroxybutyric acid (48.2 g, 50% yield).
N-Boc-3-amino-propanal
To a stirring solution of 3-(Boc-amino)-1-propanol (25 mL, 0.144 mol) in water saturated DCM (1.0 L) was added Dess-Martin reagent (99.2 g, 233.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was then diluted with ether (1.0 L), followed by a solution of Na 2 S 2 O 3 (250 g) in 80% NaHCO 3 (450 g in 1.0 L H 2 O). The reaction was stirred vigorously for 30 minutes until two layers formed, the top layer was clear. The reaction was filtered to remove the precipitated solids and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (1.0 L). The organic layer was washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (1.0 L), H 2 O (1.0 L), and brine (1 L), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to a clear oil. The crude oil was dissolved in EtOAc:hexanes (1:1 v/v, 1.0 L) and filtered through a short silica gel column to yield the desired N-Boc-3-amino-propanal (21.7 g, 0.125 mol, 85.6% yield): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.77 (s, 1H, CHO), 4.85 (bs, 1H, NH), 3.36-3.42 (m, 2H, CH 2 ), 2.67 (t, 2H, CH 2 ), 1.39 (s, 9H, (CH 3 ) 3 ).
N-Boc-1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane
N-Boc-4-Methylene-piperidine (0.222 g, 1.12 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 to faun the desired N-Boc-1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane (0.215 g, 1.01 mmol, 90.2% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 3.29-3.61 (m, 6H), 1.56-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.54 (m, 11H).
2-(Pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione
To a stirring solution of 5-bromo-pentene (6.0 g, 0.040 mol) in DMF (30 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (4.7 g, 0.034 mol) and potassium phthalimide (6.21 g, 0.033 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and water (50 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Filtration and solvent evaporation gave an oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-35%) to yield the desired 2-(pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione as a solid (6.36 g, 0.029 mmol, 72.5% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 216.1, found 216.1; NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.79-7.95 (m, 4H), 5.70-5.91 (m, 1H), 4.90-5.11 (m, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.78 (m, 2H).
2-(3-(Oxiran-2-yl)-propyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione
2-(Pent-4-enyl)-isoindoline-1,3-dione (6.36 g, 0.029 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield 2-(3-(oxiran-2-yl)-propyl-isoindoline-1,3-dione (5.8 g, 0.025 mmol, 86.2% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 232.1; 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.75-7.90 (m, 4H, Ar), 3.52 (t, 2H, CH 2 ), 2.87-2.96 (m, 1H, CH), 2.70 (t, 1H), 2.30-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.80 (m, 4H).
N-Boc-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-pyrrolidone (0.010 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid.
N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene
3-Buten-1-amine (4.93 g, 0.069 mol) was submitted to Procedure 7 for Boc protection to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-30%) to yield N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene (6.47 g, 0.038 mol, 55.1% yield).
N-Boc-2-(oxiran-2-yl)-ethyl carbamate
N-Boc-1-amino-but-3-ene (6.47 g, 0.038 mol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-45%) to yield N-Boc-2-(oxiran-2-yl)-ethyl carbamate (6.0 g, 0.032 mol, 84.2% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 2.98-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.65 (t, 1H), 2.42 (dd, 1H), 1.44-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H, (CH 3 ) 3 ).
N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-azetidinone (21.9 g, 0.128 mol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-carboxylic acid (18.7 g, 0.086 mol, 67.0% yield): MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 218.1, found 218.2.
3-Methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-1-cyano-cyclobutane (2.5 g, 0.026 mol) in THF (35 ml) at 0° C. was slowly added 2M LiAlH 4 (22 mL, 0.044 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of sat. aq. NH 4 Cl (10 mL), and THF (10 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the desired 3-methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane as an oil, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
3-Methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-1-methylamino-cyclobutane (2.52 g, 0.026 mol) in 1N NaOH (15 ml) and THF (15 mL), was added Boc 2 O (6.7 g, 0.030 mol) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. THF was evaporated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL) brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0%-60%) to yield the desired 3-methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane (1.9 g, 0.0096 mol, 36.9% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 6.88 (bs, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.95-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.40 (m, 3H), 1.20 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl-methanamine
3-Methylene-1-N-Boc-methylamino-cyclobutane (1.9 g, 0.0096 mol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl-methanamine (1.34 g, 6.27 mol, 65.3% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 2.99-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.66 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.47 (m, 5H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal
4-Amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (8.0 g, 0.050 mol) was Fmoc protected following Procedure 10 to give the desired N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (22.08 g, MS m/e [M+Na] + calcd 406.2, found 406.1), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde
To a stirring solution of N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde diethyl acetal (0.050 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was added aq. HCl (100 ml, 1:1 v/v, H 2 O: conc. HCl) and the reaction progress was monitored by MS. Upon completion, the organic solvent was removed by rotary evaporation, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×75 mL), brine (75 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired N-Fmoc-4-amino-butyraldehyde (15.35 g, 0.049 mol, 90.0% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification: MS m/e [M+Na] + calcd 332.1, found 332.0.
3-Methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid
To a stirring solution of KOH (70.0 g, 1.25 mol) in EtOH/H 2 O (500 mL, 1:1 v/v) was added 3-methylenecyclobutane carbonitrile (25.0 g, 0.26 mol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 6 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC and, upon completion, the mixture was cooled and acidified to pH 3-4 with HCl. The ethanol was evaporated, and the remaining aqueous layer was extracted with Et 2 O (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL), brine (30 ml), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield 3-methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid, which was carried through to the next step without further purification: 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 10.75 (bs, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 2.85-3.26 (m, 5H).
N-Boc-3-Methylene-cyclobutanamine
To a stirring solution of 3-methylene-cyclobutane carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 8.9 mmol) in THF (90 mL) was added NaN 3 (2.0 g, 31.1 mmol), followed by tetrabutyl ammonium bromide (0.48 g, 1.5 mmol) and Zn(OTf) 2 (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to 40° C. Boc 2 O (2.1 g, 9.8 mmol) was then added at once, and the reaction was heated at 45° C. overnight. The reaction was then cooled to 0° C. and was quenched with 10% aq. NaNO 2 (180 mL). The THF was evaporated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (180 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×20 mL), brine (30 ml), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate: 0-90%) to yield the desired N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (0.57 g, 3.1 mmol, 34.9% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.79 (bs, 1H), 4.05-4.23 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-amine
N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (1.65 g, 9.0 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 8 for epoxide formation to yield N-Boc-1-oxaspiro[2.3]hexan-5-amine (1.46 g, 7.33 mmol, 81.5% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.79 (bs, 1H), 4.13-4.31 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-2,2-dimethyl-3-amino-propionaldehyde
N-Boc-3-amino-2,2-dimethyl propanol (0.415 g, 2.04 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 to yield N-Boc-2,2-dimethyl-3-amino-propionaldehyde (0.39 g, 1.94 mmol, 95.1% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 4.80 (bs, 1H), 3.11 (d, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl propionaldehyde
N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl-propanol (0.130 g, 0.60 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-3-amino-3-cyclopropyl propionaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
4(S)-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-carboxaldehyde
4(S)-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-methanol (0.50 g, 1.50 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 4(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-N-Boc-pyrrolidin-2(R)-carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
3-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanal
3-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanol (0.50 g, 2.62 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 3-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-propanal, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
2-Methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanal
2-Methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanol (0.83 g, 4.38 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 2-methyl-N-Boc-2-amino-propanal (0.706 g, 3.77 mmol, 86.1% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 1.57 (s, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid
1-Amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 6.28 mmol) was dissolved in 1N HCl (10 mL) and the reaction was heated to a reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness to yield a crude which was submitted to Procedure 7 for Boc protection to yield the desired N-Boc-1-Amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid (6.28 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-1-Amino-cyclobutyl-methanol.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutyl-methanol (0.25 g, 1.24 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclobutane carboxaldehyde (0.24 g, 1.20 mmol, 96.8% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.0 (s, 1H), 4.91 (bs, 1H), 3.74 (bs, 2H), 1.71-2.20 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone
To a vigorously stirring solution of N-Boc-3-methylene-cyclobutanamine (9.8 g, 53.5 mmol) in DCM (160 mL) and H 2 O (160 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (3 g, 21.7 mmol), followed by NaIO 4 (35 g, 163.5 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.2 g, 0.72 mmol) and RuCl 3 (0.6 g, 7.6 mmol). During the course of the reaction, the organic solution turned dark brown, the catalyst turned black, while the upper aqueous layer turned white. The reaction was monitored by TLC, and upon completion, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrates were transferred to a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (2×30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel/hexanes:ethyl acetate 0-60%) to yield the desired N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone (7.13 g, 38.53 mmol, 72% yield): NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.88 (bs, 1H), 4.13-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.9-3.05 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H).
N-Boc-1-hydroxy-3-amino-cyclobutyl-carboxylic acid
N-Boc-3-amino-cyclobutanone (7.13 g, 38.53 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired N-Boc-1-hydroxy-3-amino-cyclobutyl-carboxylic acid (MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 232.2.
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol-pyrrolidine
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carboxylic acid (1.03 g, 3.12 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol pyrrolidine (0.605 g, 1.91 mmol, 61.2% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carbaldehyde
N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-2(S)-methanol pyrrolidine (0.486 g, 1.53 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N,N-diBoc-4(S)-amino-pyrrolidine-2(S)-carbaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 4.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.99 g, MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 202.1, found 202.1), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.87 g, 4.32 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1-aminomethyl-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxylic acid (0.25 g, 1.24 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 to yield the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.051 g, 0.27 mmol, 21.8% yield), which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropyl-methanol (0.051 g, 0.27 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1-amino-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid
To a stirring solution of N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-hydroxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.622 g, 2.40 mmol) in DCM (1.9 mL) was added imidazole (0.164 g, 2.41 mmol), DMAP (0.047 g, 0.35 mmol) and TBSCl (0.363 g, 2.40 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, followed by heating at 40° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and was quenched with H 2 O (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and was concentrated to dryness to yield a residue, which was dissolved in isopropanol (6 mL) and 1M NaOH (2.9 mL), and the reaction was heated at 60° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and slowly acidified to pH 3 with 1M HCl (3 mL). After adding chloroform (18 mL), the organic layer was separated, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to dryness to yield the desired acid (0.75 g, 2.09 mmol, 87.1% yield).
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxylic acid (0.53 g, 1.47 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane (0.44 g, 1.27 mmol, 86.4% yield): 1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.69-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.88 (bs, 1H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-4(S)-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentane (0.44 g, 1.27 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding N-Boc-1(R)-amino-2(S)-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-cyclopentane-4(S)-carboxaldehyde (0.42 g, 1.22 mmol, 96.1% yield).
tert-Butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)acetate
To a stirring solution of N-Boc-3-azetidinone (0.45 g, 2.64 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was slowly added a 0.5 M solution of 2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethyl-zinc chloride in Et 2 O (10 mL, 5.0 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h. The reaction was then quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl (10 mL), and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% aq. NaHCO 3 (2×10 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness to yield tert-butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetate (MS in/e [M+H] + calcd 288.2, found 287.7).
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid
To a stirring solution of tert-butyl-2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetate (0.86 g, 2.99 mmol) in dioxane (18 mL) was added 3M HCl (5 mL), and the mixture was heated at 70° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and it was basified with 2 M NaOH (8 mL), followed by addition of BOC 2 O (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 h, and was then concentrated to half its total volume on the rotary evaporator. Isopropanol (3 mL) and chloroform (12 mL) were then added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and slowly acidified to pH 3 with 1M HCl. The organic layer was then separated, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to dryness to yield 2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid (0.65 g, 2.81 mmol, 94.0% yield).
N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetic acid (0.44 g, 1.90 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to yield the corresponding N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol (0.29 g, 1.33 mmol, 70.0% yield).
2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetaldehyde
N-Boc-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidin-3-ol (0.29 g, 1.33 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the corresponding 2-(N-Boc-3-hydroxy-azetidin-3-yl)-acetaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxylic acid (1.94 g, 9.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 12 for reduction to the corresponding N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde
N-Boc-3-hydroxymethyl-azetidine (9.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 11 for oxidation to the desired N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde, which was carried through to the next step without further purification.
2-(N-Boc-azetidin-3-yl)-2-hydroxy-acetic acid
N-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxaldehyde (1.60 g, 8.64 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 9 to yield the desired 2-(N-Boc-azetidin-3-yl)-2-hydroxy-acetic acid (MS m/e [M+H] + calcd 232.1, found 231.8).
Synthesis of (2R,3R)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3-fluorobutanoic acid (5)
Molecular sieves (4 Å, 4 g) were added to a round bottom flask, and were activated by heating with a Bunsen burner under high vacuum. DCM (100 mL) was then added and the flask was cooled to −35° C. with a cryocooler. Titanium tetraisopropoxide (1.75 mL, 5.95 mmol) and (R,R)-(−)-diisopropyl tartrate (1.65 mL, 7.75 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. Penta-1,4-dienol (5 g, 59.4 mmol) and excess cumene hydroperoxide (80%, 17.5 mL) were added in small portions, and stirring was continued at −35° C. for 48 hr. The reaction was quenched by addition of sat. aq. Na 2 SO 4 (5 mL) immediately followed by Et 2 O (50 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr with warming to rt. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. Solvent removal under vacuum without heating resulted in approximately 30 mL of a yellow solution. Excess cumene alcohol and hydroperoxide were removed by flash chromatography (silica gel, 40% Et 2 O/hex). Finally solvent removal under vacuum without heating yielded a mixture of (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-4-penten-3-ol (1) (Rf=0.47, 1:1 EtOAc/hex) and diisopropyl tartrate (Rf=0.6), which was used in the next step without further purification.
To a stirring solution of epoxide (1) in THF (100 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added tetrabutylammonium iodide (2.2 g, 5.96 mmol), followed by benzyl bromide (8.6 mL, 71.9 mmol) and the reaction was cooled to −15° C. Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 2.65 g, 66.1 mmol) was added in small portions and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. Solvent removal gave an oily residue which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5→10% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (2) as a clear non-volatile liquid (5.3 g, 47.6% yield): R f =0.69 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−36.7° (c 1.52, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI) (M+H) + calc. for C 12 H 14 O 2 191.1067, obs. 191.1064; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.38-7.33 (m, 5H), 5.92-5.78 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.33 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=11.95 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=11.96 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (dd, J=7.34, 4.20 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dt, J=4.07, 4.06, 2.70 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=5.21, 4.00 Hz, 11-1), 2.70 (dd, J=5.23, 2.64 Hz, 1H). 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 138.32, 134.67, 128.56 (2C), 127.87 (2C), 127.82, 119.73, 79.54, 70.83, 53.41, 45.00.
NaN 3 (3.38 g, 52 mmol) and NH 4 Cl (2.78 g, 52 mmol) in H 2 O (10 mL) were heated until a clear solution was obtained. This solution was then added dropwise to a solution of (2S,3R)-1,2-epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (2) (3.3 g, 17.4 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 10→20% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (3) (2.66 g, 66% yield) as a non-volatile clear liquid: R f =4.8 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); HRMS (ESI) (M+Na) + calc. for C 12 H 15 N 3 O 2 256.1056, obs. 256.1057; [α] D =−46.3° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ 7.42-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.91-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J=17.16, 1.42 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (dd, J=24.00, 1.37 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.22 (d, J=3.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 137.88, 134.60, 128.66 (2C), 128.08 (2C), 128.05, 121.40, 81.39, 72.61, 70.70, 53.0; FTIR (NaCl): 3435, 2870, 2102, 1642, 1454, 1070 cm −1 .
To a stirring solution of DAST (900 μL, 6.87 mmol) in benzene (3.2 mL) and pyridine (400 μL) in a plastic container at −10° C. was added (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (3) (750 mg, 3.21 mmol) in small portions, and the reaction was stirred at this temperature for 48 hr followed by 6 hr at rt. The reaction mixture was slowly added to sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) at 0° C. and was stirred for 10 min. The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM (3×) and the combined organic layers were washed with 2 N HCl, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (3R,4R)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (4) (128 mg, 16.9% yield) as a nonvolatile clear liquid: Rf=0.63 (1:9 EtOAC/Hex); [α] D =−11.9° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □δ □7.44-7.29 (m, 5H), 4.63 (dddd, J=47.64, 7.07, 4.99, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.42 (m, 2H), 4.70 (d, J=11.95 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (ddd, J=7.07, 4.99, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=11.90 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (ddd, J=16.87, 7.57, 5.04 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.45 (ddd, J=27.45, 13.63, 3.27 Hz, 1H). 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 282 MHz)-196.66 (dddd, J=47.27, 27.08, 19.84, 16.89 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 137.80, 133.09 (d, J=5.30 Hz), 128.70 (2C), 128.09 (3C), 121.04, 93.33 (d, J=181.54 Hz), 79.08 (d, J=20.39 Hz), 70.92, 51.46 (d, J=22.25 Hz). FTIR (NaCl): 2930, 2104, 1643, 1454, 1281, 1115, 1069 cm −1 .
(3R,4R)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (4) (128 mg, 0.543 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13, followed by recrystallization from hot hexanes (2×) to yield (2R,3R)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3-fluorobutanoic acid (5) (120 mg, 90%): [α] D =−56.9° (c 0.68, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) calc. for C 11 H 12 FN 3 O 3 252.0790, obs. 252.0782; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □δ □10.55 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.34 (m, 5H), 4.98 (dddd, J=46.40, 7.57, 4.91, 2.92 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J=11.47 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=11.51 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J=27.26, 2.86 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dt, J=13.89, 13.66, 7.27 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (ddd, J=24.28, 13.20, 4.92 Hz, 1H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 376 MHz) □ δ□−198.36 (dddd, J=46.28, 27.22, 24.46, 14.15 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 174.63 (d, J=4.21 Hz), 136.37, 129.15 (2C), 129.07, 128.98 (2C), 91.53 (d, J=182.59 Hz), 76.40 (d, J=19.90 Hz), 73.96 (s), 50.87 (d, J=25.13 Hz); FTIR (NaCl): 3151, 2098, 1753, 1407, 1283, 1112 cm −1 .
Synthesis of ent-5
Starting from penta-1,4-dienol (5 g, 59.4 mmol) and using (S,S)-(+)-diisopropyl tartrate under the same reaction conditions as described above the enantiomer ent-2 was obtained (4.9 g, 43% yield): [α] D =+35.7° (c 1.76, CHCl 3 ). (2R,3S)-1,2-Epoxy-3-benzyloxy-4-pentene (ent-2, 3.9 g, 20.5 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions described above to yield the enantiomer (2R,3S)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-3, 2.75 g, 57% yield): [α] D =+47.3° (c 1.30, CHCl 3 ). (2R,3S)-1-Azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-3) (500 mg, 2.14 mmol) was submitted to the same reactions as described above to yield the enantiomer (3S,4S)-5-azido-4-fluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-4, 75.5 mg, 0.32 mmol, 15% yield, [α] D =+10.7°, c 1.50, CHCl 3 ), which was submitted to the same reaction conditions as described above to yield ent-5 (59 mg, 73% yield): [α] D =+58.6° (c 0.73, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of (R)-4-Azido-3,3-difluoro-2-benzyloxy-butanoic acid (3)
To a stirring solution of DMSO (690 μL, 9.65 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) at −78° C. was added oxalyl chloride (3.21 mL of a 2.0 M solution in DCM, 6.43 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr. A solution of (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (1) (750 mg, 3.21 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr at −78° C. N-Methyl morpholine (1.41 mL, 12.9 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred at −15° C. for 2 hr. The reaction was quenched with phosphate buffer (0.1 M, pH 6.0) and the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with the phosphate buffer (3×), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to give a brown residue. The residue was dissolved in Et 2 O, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through a cotton plug, and reduced under vacuum to yield the crude ketone, which was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and was added to a stirring solution of DAST (2 mL, 15.3 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) in a plastic vial at −25° C. The reaction was allowed to slowly warm to rt and was stirred for 48 hr. The reaction mixture was then slowly poured into stirring sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) at 0° C., and was stirred for 10 min. The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM (3×), and the combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and reduced under vacuum to yield a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1% Et 2 O/hex) followed by preparative TLC purification (silica gel, 0.5 mm, 5% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (R)-5-azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 193 mg, 0.76 mmol, 24% yield), as a non-volatile clear liquid: R f =0.72 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−23.8° (c 1.52, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ□ 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 5.89 (dddd, J=16.88, 10.61, 7.11, 0.62 Hz, 1H), 5.59-5.56 (m, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=10.74 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=11.67 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=11.66 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (td, J=14.25, 7.13, 7.13 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (tq, J=13.67, 13.67, 13.67, 11.19, 11.19 Hz, 2H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 282 MHz) δ −116.63 (dtd, J=257.62, 13.91, 13.90, 8.72 Hz), −111.27 (dtd, J=257.59, 16.18, 16.16, 7.04 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 137.14, 130.33 (t, J=3.06, 3.06 Hz), 128.71 (2C), 128.27, 128.20 (2C), 122.78, 120.69 (dd, J=249.89, 246.83 Hz), 78.87 (dd, J=30.35, 25.35 Hz), 71.48 (d, J=0.48 Hz), 51.47 (dd, J=30.26, 25.92 Hz); FTIR (NaCl): 2928, 2108, 1455, 1292, 1091 cm −1 .
(R)-5-Azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 193 mg, 0.76 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13, followed by washing with cold hexanes (3×) at −20° C. to yield (3) (139 mg, 67.6% yield): [α] D =−32.4° (c 0.80, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) for C 11 H 11 F 2 N 3 O 3 270.0696, obs. 270.06924; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) □ δ □7.46-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 4.84 (d, J=11.30 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=11.30 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J=12.23, 9.78 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J=14.67, 12.35 Hz, 2H); 19 F NMR (CDCl 3 , 376 MHz) □ δ −112.61 (qd, J=260.95, 12.30, 12.29, 12.29 Hz), −109.68 (dtd, J=260.79, 14.75, 14.68, 9.94 Hz); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 170.84, 135.48, 129.01, 128.94 (2C), 128.78 (2C), 119.59 (t, J=251.58, 251.58 Hz), 76.56 (dd, J=29.86, 27.24 Hz), 74.34, 51.58 (dd, J=28.94, 26.76 Hz). FTIR (NaCl): 3337, 2929, 2112, 1738, 1455, 1292, 1210, 1119 cm −1 .
Synthesis of ent-3
(2R,3S)-1-Azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-1, 500 mg, 2.14 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions described above to yield (S)-5-azido-4,4-difluoro-3-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-2, 114 mg, 21% yield, [α] D =+27.9° (c 3.14, CHCl 3 )). Ent-2 (75.5 mg, 0.32 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield (S)-4-azido-2-benzyloxy-3,3-difluorobutanoic acid (ent-3, 34.8 mg, 43% yield, [α] D =+ 36.4° (c 0.80, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of (2S,3S)-4-azido-2,3-bis-benzyloxybutanoic acid (3)
To a stirring solution of (2S,3R)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (1) (250 μL, 1.07 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under argon was added tetrabutylammonium iodide (42 mg, 0.11 mmol) followed by benzyl bromide (155 μL, 1.27 mmol) and the reaction was cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 47 mg, 1.18 mmol) was added in small portions and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, filtered through Celite, and washed with Et 2 O. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum to give an oily residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% Et 2 O/hex) to yield (3R,4S)-5-azido-3,4-bisbenzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 237 mg, 65% yield) as a clear non-volatile liquid: Rf=0.62 (1:4 EtOAc/hex); [α] D =−6.1° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ □7.35-7.24 (m, 10H), 5.81 (ddd, J=17.15, 10.58, 7.45 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (ddd, J=5.70, 1.65, 0.86 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (ddd, J=12.07, 1.44, 0.81 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.61 (d, J=11.87 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J=11.78 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (tdd, J=7.37, 5.65, 0.79, 0.79 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (ddd, J=6.39, 5.69, 3.64 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (dd, J=12.93, 6.42 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (dd, J=12.93, 3.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 138.25, 138.01, 135.43, 128.60 (4C), 128.29 (2C), 128.02, 127.99 (2C), 127.87, 119.97, 80.76, 80.23, 73.33, 70.79, 51.69; FTIR (NaCl): 2867, 2100, 1606, 1454, 1286, 1095, 1073.
(3R,4S)-5-azido-3,4-bis-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (2, 237 mg, 0.69 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield (2S,3S)-4-azido-2,3-bis-benzyloxybutanoic acid (3, 187.7 mg, 75% yield): [α] D =−15.1° (c 1.05, CHCl 3 ); HRMS (ESI negative mode) (M−H) calc. for C 18 H 19 N 3 O 4 340.1303, obs. 340.1296; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) □ δ □7.24 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 10H), 4.79 (d, J=11.61 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.56 (d, J=11.61 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=4.24 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (td, J=6.56, 4.30, 4.30 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (dd, J=13.04, 6.62 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=13.04, 4.31 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz) δ 175.57, 137.92, 137.34, 129.44 (2C), 129.36 (2C), 129.15, 129.04 (2C), 128.98 (2C), 128.94, 79.71, 77.651, 74.04, 73.89, 51.65; FTIR (NaCl): 3000, 2918, 2103, 1722, 1455, 1284, 1110 cm 1 .
Synthesis of ent-3
(2R,3S)-1-azido-3-benzyloxy-4-penten-2-ol (ent-1, 250 mg, 1.07 mmol) was submitted to the same reaction conditions as described above to yield (3S,4R)-5-azido-3,4-bis-benzyloxy-pent-1-ene (ent-2, 322 mg, 59% yield): [α] D =+7.9° (c 1.50, CHCl 3 ). Ent-2 (178 mg, 0.55 mmol) was submitted to Procedure 13 to yield ent-3 (144 mg, 77% yield): [α] D =+ 15.2° (c 0.81, CHCl 3 ).
Synthesis of Compound 6
Synthesis of Compound 2
A 2-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with epoxide 1 (60 g, 315 mmol), phthalimide (69.6 g, 473 mmol), pyridine (5.1 mL, 63.1 mmol, 20 mol %) and IPA (600 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at 80-82° C. for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated on a rotatory evaporator to dryness. The residue was adsorbed on silica gel (100 g), dried under high vacuum and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-40% MTBE/heptanes) to afford the desired phthalimide protected amino alcohol 2 as a white solid (73.5 g, 69%): 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.83-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 5.91 (ddd, J=17.4, 10.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.40 (m, 2H), 4.65 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.86 (dd, J=14.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 3
A 2-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with a solution of alcohol 2 (70 g, 208 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (840 mL). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C., then Bu 4 NI (7.66 g, 20.8 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (29.6 mL, 249 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min, then sodium hydride (9.2 g, 228 mmol, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 30 min and then brought to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (280 mL) while maintaining the reaction mixture at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The reaction mixture was then diluted with MTBE (1.4 L mL) and the phases separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2×210 mL), brine (210 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain the crude product as an oil. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (5-25% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired product 3 as a semi solid (75.7 g, 85%): 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.75-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 3H), 5.98-5.91 (m, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 5.39 (td, J=5.9, 1 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J=12.0, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of Aldehyde 4 and Carboxylic Acid 5
A solution of alkene 3 (30 g, 70.2 mol) in DCM (1.8 L) was sparged with ozone at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone) for 1 min using oxygen source to generate the ozone. Once the reaction was deemed compete (TLC, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes), the solution was sparged with nitrogen for 35 min to remove residual ozone. The reaction was quenched with dimethyl sulfide (52 mL, 702 mmol) while maintaining the reaction mixture at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone). The cold bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and further dried under high vacuum to obtain the crude aldehyde 4, as a thick oil (35.5 g, >99%). R f =0.38 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes). The reaction was repeated at 30 g scale of 3 to afford crude aldehyde 4 (33.4 g, >99%). The two lots of crude aldehyde were combined and subjected to the Pinnick oxidation without further purification.
The crude aldehyde 4 (30.1 g) was taken into a mixture of tetrahydrofuran, tBuOH, and water (226 mL, 226 mL, 151 mL, 3:3:2) along with NaH2PO 4 (33.7 g, 281 mmol) and 2-methyl-2-butene (149 mL, 1.4 mol). The solution was cooled (15±5° C., water bath). Sodium chlorite (12.7 g, 140 mmol) was added to the batch and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hr. The completion of the reaction was confirmed by TLC analysis (1:1 MTBE/heptanes and 5% MeOH in DCM). The reaction was then quenched with brine (602 mL) and the product extracted into DCM (3×602 mL). The organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude acid 5 as a thick oil (42.5 g, >99%). The synthesis was repeated on 30.1 g scale of 4 to afford crude acid 5 (44.2 g, >99%). The both lots of crude acids were combined and purified by flash column chromatography over silica (5-100% MTBE/heptanes). Fractions containing the acid were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford acid 5 as a white solid (29.1 g, 47%): R f =0.39 (5:95 MeOH/DCM); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.76 (dd, J=6.8, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 3H), 4.75 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=12.8, 2H), 4.59 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (d, J=3.65, 1H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J=14.3, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (dd, J=14.3, 4.7 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 6
A round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, and a thermocouple probe was charged with a solution of phthalimide-protected amino acid 5 (29.0 g, 65.1 mmol) in THF (350 mL). To the clear, yellow solution was added deionized water (175 mL) and the resulting mixture cooled to 5° C. Methylamine solution in water (58.0 mL, 40 wt %, 665 mmol) was then added to the batch, which was warmed to ambient temperature (21-23° C.) and stirred for 26 hours. Analysis of an aliquot from the reaction mixture by LCMS indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid residue, removing all excess methylamine. The residue was taken up in THF (700 mL) and water (350 mL), cooled to 0-5° C., and to the crude amino acid solution was added potassium carbonate (45 g, 326 mmol), followed by benzylchloroformate (17.2 mL, 114 mmol). The batch was warmed to ambient temperature and the reaction allowed to proceed for 28 hours. Analysis of an aliquot at this time point by LCMS indicated a complete conversion of the amino acid to the carbamate. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of THF, the aqueous residue was diluted with water (320 mL) and the pH adjusted with 2N HCl to approximately pH 5 (pH paper strip). The crude product was extracted with methylene chloride (3×500 mL), the extracts washed with water (60 mL), brine (60 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil (40.34 g) which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (400 g; elution with 0-5% MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 ) to afford compound 6 as a yellow oil (27.5 g, 92% yield over two steps). 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6, 500 MHz) δ 12.93 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 16H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd, J=22.9, 11.7 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (td, J=7.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound 9
Synthesis of Epoxy Alcohol Ent-2
A 3-neck, 5 liter round bottomed flask equipped with an overhead mechanical stirrer, a thermocouple probe and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with powdered, freshly activated molecular sieves (4 Å, 84 g, 0.8 wt. equiv), followed by anhydrous dichloromethane (2.1 L, 20 vol). The resulting suspension was cooled to approximately −42° C. using an acetonitrile/CO 2 bath, then titanium tetraisopropoxide (37 mL, 0.125 mol, 10 mol %) was charged into the batch, followed by (S,S)-(+)-diisopropyl tartrate (35 mL, 0.166 mol, 13.3 mol %). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then divinyl alcohol 1 (105 g, 1.25 mol, 1.0 equiv) was added over 3 minutes using an addition funnel (minor exotherm, 2° C.). Cumene hydroperoxide (370 mL, 80% titer, 1.99 mol, 1.59 equiv) was then added to the batch over 5 minutes using an addition funnel (10° C. exotherm). The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours, holding the temperature between −45 and −30° C. When complete as determined by TLC analysis (R f 0.42 for divinyl alcohol, and 0.18 for epoxy alcohol, 50% MTBE in Heptanes), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulfate (105 mL, 1 vol), diluted with MTBE (1.05 L, 10 vol) and the batch allowed to warm to ambient temperature, with vigorous stirring. Diatomaceous earth, Celite® (105 g, 1 wt. equiv) was added to the batch, which was then filtered through a pad of Celite®. The filter cake was washed with MTBE (0.5 L) and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo on a rotary evaporator (with water bath held at 10-20° C.) to afford a yellow/brownish oil. A portion of the crude product [311 g] was subjected to silica plug (1 kg silica gel) using 0-60% MTBE/petroleum ether. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to obtain a colorless oil (48.3 g). This material was then purified via column chromatography (300 g silica gel, 5-30% MTBE/petroleum ether) to afford ent-2 as a clear liquid [22.6 g, 36% overall mass recovery]: R f =0.59 (1:1 MTBE/petroleum ether); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 5.85 (ddd, J=17.0, 10.5, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (dt, J=17.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (dt, J=10.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.10 (ddd, J=3.8, 3.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=2.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, 4.1, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 3
The reaction was carried out at 20-g scale of alcohol following a literature procedure ( J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74(15), 5758-5761). A 2-L round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermocouple probe, and an addition funnel was charged with a solution of epoxy alcohol ent-2 [20 g, 200 mmol, 1 equiv] in tetrahydrofuran (400 mL, 20 vol) along with Ph 3 P (105 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv), and 4-nitrobenzoic acid (67 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv) under a nitrogen atmosphere. DIAD (81 g, 400 mmol, 2 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture using an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction mixture at 0° C. (ice bath). Once the addition of DIAD was complete, the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to come to ambient temperature (23° C.). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h (all starting material consumed) and then quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (100 ml, 5 vol) followed by the addition of MTBE (1000 mL, 50 vol). The resulting solution was transferred into a separatory funnel. Brine (100 mL, 5 vol) was added to obtain phase separation. The organic phase was washed with brine (2×20 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated under vacuum to obtain an oil (296 g). The oil was passed through a silica plug (1 kg) using 10-20% MTBE/heptanes. The crude solid (46 g) was then dissolved into MTBE (20 vol) and washed with NaHCO 3 (3×5 vol), water (2×2 vol), brine (2×2 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated, and further dried to obtain the benzoate ester as a white solid [29 g, 59%: R f =0.56 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 8.35 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (ddd, J=17.2, 10.6, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (td, J=17.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (td, J=10.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=5.0, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (ddd, J=6.5, 4.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=4.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=4.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H).
The hydrolysis of the benzoate ester was carried out following the literature procedure ( J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74(15), 5758-5761). Thus solution of the ester (22.7 g, 91 mmol, 1 equiv) in methanol (340 mL, 15 vol) was treated with an aqueous solution of K 2 CO 3 (13.8 g, 100 mmol, 1.1 equiv, in 34 mL, 1.5 vol water) at 10-15° C. The solution immediately turned into a thick slurry. The slurry was stirred at ambient temperature (23° C.) for 3 h (starting material consumed). The reaction mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator (at ambient water bath temperature) to ˜2 vol (45 mL). The thick solution was then reslurried in DCM (454 mL, 20 vol). The slurry was filtered and the solids were washed with DCM (2×5 vol, 2×114 mL). The combined organic filtrate was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid (31 g). The crude material was then purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 10-30% MTBE/petroleum ether) to obtain the desired alcohol 3 as a clear oil [9.24 g, quantitative yield, R f =0.31 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 5.94 (ddd, J=16.2, 10.6, 5.5, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.0 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.84 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.57 (br s, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 4
A 1-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, a nitrogen inlet/outlet, was charged with alcohol 3 [9.24 g, 92.3 mmol, 1 equiv] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (166 mL, 18 vol). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C. The catalyst Bu 4 NI (3.41 g, 9.23 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (19.1 g, 112 mmol, 1.2 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min Sodium hydride (4.1 g, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was then added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min and then the cold bath was removed and reaction mixture brought up to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (37 mL, 4 vol) while maintaining the temperature at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The resulting solution was diluted with MTBE (185 mL, 20 vol), the organic layer was washed with water (2×18 mL, 2×3 vol), brine (1×18 mL, 1×3 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as an oil. The synthesis was repeated on 1.98 g scale of alcohol 3. The crude from both the reactions were combined and purified via column chromatography (silica gel column, 2.5-10% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired benzylated product 4 as an oil [13.96 g, 65%: R f =0.61 (3:7 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.36-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.26 (m, 1H), 5.83 (ddd, J=17.3, 10.5, 6.7, 1H), 5.36 (td, J=17.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (td, J=10.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (ABq, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (ddd, J=, 1H), 3.11-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.78 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J=5.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 5
A 250-mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with alcohol 4 [10 g, 52.5 mmol, 1 equiv], phthalimide (11.6 g, 78.8 mmol, 1.5 equiv), pyridine (0.85 mL, 10.5 mmol, 20 mol %) and IPA (100 mL, 10 vol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 80-82° C. for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated on a rotatory evaporator to dryness. The residue was adsorbed on silica gel (20 g), dried under high vacuum and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-40% MTBE/heptanes) to afford the desired phthalimide protected amino alcohol 5 as a white tacky solid [15.85 g, 89%]: R f =0.34 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes); 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz) δ 7.84-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 5.93 (ddd, J=17.5, 10.5, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 5.38-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dddd, J=9.0, 4.5, 4.5, 4.5 Hz 1H), 3.86 (dd, J=5.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=13.7, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=13.7, 4.4 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 6
A 1-L three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with an addition funnel, an overhead mechanical stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet/outlet was charged with a solution of alcohol 5 [15 g, 44.5 mmol, 1 equiv] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (270 mL, 18 vol). The solution was cooled to −10 to −15° C., then Bu 4 NI (1.64 g, 4.45 mmol, 10 mol %) was charged into the reactor followed by benzyl bromide (9.2 g, 53.8 mmol, 1.2 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min, then sodium hydride (1.97 g, 1.1 equiv, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was added to the batch in portions such that the batch temperature was maintained at −10 to −15° C. Once the addition of sodium hydride was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min and then brought to ambient temperature and further stirred for 18 h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 (60 mL, 4 vol) while maintaining the reaction mixture at −5 to 0° C. (ice bath). The reaction mixture was then diluted with MTBE (300 mL, 20 vol) and the phases separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2×45 mL, 2×3 vol), brine (1×45 mL, 1×3 vol), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to obtain the crude product as an oil. The synthesis was repeated on 1.75 g scale of alcohol 5. The combined crude products from both reactions were purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (5-25% MTBE/heptanes) to obtain the desired product 6 as a semi solid [15.1 g, 71%: R f =0.61 (1:1 MTBE/heptanes)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) δ 7.74-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.10-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.93 (m, 3H), 5.97 (ddd, J=17.5, 10.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=4.38 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.68 (dd, J=12.3, 12.3 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (d, J=5.37 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=5.58 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.65 (dd, J=13.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Aldehyde 7 and Carboxylic Acid 8
A solution of alkene, 6 [1 g, 2.34 mol] in DCM (60 mL, 60 vol) was sparged with ozone at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone) for 25 min using house air as oxygen source to generate the ozone. Once the reaction was deemed compete (TLC, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes), the solution was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min to remove residual ozone. The reaction was quenched with dimethyl sulfide (1.7 mL, 23.4 mmol, 10 equiv) while maintaining the reaction mixture at <−70° C. (dry ice-acetone). The cold bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and further dried under high vacuum to obtain the crude aldehyde as a thick oil (1.12 g, >99%, R f =0.36, 1:1 MTBE/heptanes). The reaction was repeated at 13 g scale of 6. The two lots of crude aldehyde were combined and subjected to the Pinnick oxidation without further purification.
The crude aldehyde 7 [14.06 g], was taken into a mixture of tetrahydrofuran, tBuOH, and water (105 mL, 105 mL, 70 mL, 3:3:2, 20 vol) along with NaH 2 PO 4 (15.6 g, 130 mmol, 4 equiv) and 2-methyl-2-butene (34.4 mL, 324 mmol, 10 equiv). The solution was cooled (15±5° C., water bath). Sodium chlorite (3.9 g, 43 mmol, 1.33 equiv) was added to the batch and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hr. The completion of the reaction was confirmed by TLC analysis (1:1 MTBE/heptanes and 5% MeOH in DCM). The reaction was then quenched with brine (280 mL, 20 vol) and the product extracted into DCM (3×280 mL, 3×20 vol). The organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude acid as a thick oil. The crude acid was purified by flash column chromatography over silica (5-100% MTBE/heptanes followed by 5-20% MeOH/DCM). Fractions containing the acid were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford acid 8 as a white solid [2.64 g, 18%: R f =0.33, 5:95 MeOH/DCM)]; 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500 MHz) δ 7.78 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.76 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (dd, J=10.9, 9.4 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (ddd, J=6.2, 6.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.1 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J=14.2, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (dd, J=14.2, 6.2 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound 9
A round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, and a thermocouple probe was charged with a solution of phthalimide-protected amino acid 8 [2.5 g, 5.61 mmol, 1.0 equiv] in THF (28 mL, 11 vol, bulk solvent grade). To the clear, yellow solution was added deionized water (15 mL, 6 vol) and the resulting mixture cooled to 5° C. Methylamine solution in water (5.0 mL, 40 wt %, 56.1 mmol, 10 equiv) was then added to the batch, which was warmed to ambient temperature (21-23° C.) and stirred for 22.5 hours. Analysis of an aliquot from the reaction mixture by LCMS indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid residue, removing all excess methylamine. The residue was taken up in THF (60 mL, 24 vol) and water (30 mL, 12 vol), cooled to 0-5° C., and to the crude amino acid solution was added potassium carbonate (3.9 g, 28.26 mmol, 5.0 equiv), followed by benzylchloroformate (1.4 mL, 9.81 mmol, 1.75 equiv). The batch was warmed to ambient temperature and the reaction allowed to proceed for 25.5 hours. Analysis of an aliquot at this time point by LCMS indicated a complete conversion of the amino acid to the carbamate. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of THF, the aqueous residue was diluted with water (30 mL, 12 vol) and the pH adjusted with 2N HCl to approximately pH 5 (pH paper strip). The crude product was extracted with chloroform (3×60 mL), the extracts washed with water (1×60 mL) and with aqueous NaCl (1×60 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow, mobile oil (3.52 g) which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (50 wt. equiv; elution with 0-5% MeOH in CHCl 3 ) to afford 9 as a yellow oil, which partially solidified upon further drying under high vacuum [2.22 g, 88.1% yield over two steps]. 1 H NMR (DMSO, 500 MHz) 12.92 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.23 (m, 15H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J=11.10 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=11.10 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=11.05 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=11.05 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=2.95 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (ddd, J=6.30, 6.30, 3.15 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=6.30, 6.30, 2H).
Synthesis of Cyclopropyl Amino Acids
Ethyl-2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)acrylate (2)
A solution of ester 1 (4.00 g, 34.4 mmol) and triethylamine (4.79 mL, 34.4 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (170 mL) was cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen and tert-butyldimethylsilyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (8.31 mL, 36.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred vigorously at reflux for 4 h. The solvent was then carefully evaporated, the residue was dissolved in Et 2 O (170 mL), and the organic phase was washed with water (3×50 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-20% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford 2 (4.89 g, 62%) as a clear oil: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.50 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 0.16 (s, 6H).
2-tert-Butyl-1-Ethyl-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropane-1,2-dicarboxylate (3a and 3b)
A mixture of ethyl 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)acrylate (2, 500 mg, 2.17 mmol) and Cu(acac) 2 (0.011 g, 0.043 mmol) was heated at 80° C. A solution of tert-butyl diazoacetate (463 mg, 3.25 mmol) in benzene (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture over 2 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-10% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford both diastereomers 3a (0.119 g, 16%) and 3b (0.235 g, 31%) as clear oils. 3a: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.25-4.13 (m, 2H), 2.28 (dd, J=7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (dd, J=7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (dd, J=9.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.18 (s, 3H), 0.12 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 367 [M+Na] + ; 3b: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.23 (dq, J=11.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (dq, J=11.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (dd, J=10.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=5.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.54 (dd, J=10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 0.19 (s, 3H), 0.18 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 367 [M+Na] + .
2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic Acid (4a and 4b)
A mixture of dicarboxylate 3a and 3b (0.385 g, 1.12 mmol, 1:2 ratio of 3a/3b), trifluoroacetic acid (0.43 mL), and dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-100% diethyl ether/hexanes to afford both diastereomers 4a (0.050 g, 15%) and 4b (0.078 g, 24%) as off-white solids. 4a: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.25-4.17 (m, 2H), 2.38 (dd, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.81-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.21 (s, 3H), 0.13 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 289 [M+H] + ; 4b: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (dd, J=10.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (dd, J=6.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.87 (s, 9H), 0.19 (s, 3H), 0.17 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 287 [M−H] − .
Ethyl-2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropanecarboxylate (5b)
A mixture of 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (4b, 0.335 g, 1.16 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) under nitrogen was treated with Hünig's base (0.260 mL, 1.51 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After this time, DPPA (0.324 mL, 1.51 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 90° C. for 30 min, followed by the addition of benzyl alcohol (0.155 mL, 1.51 mmol). After 15 h, the mixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (75 mL), and washed sequentially with 10% citric acid (2×50 mL), water (50 mL), and saturated NaHCO 3 (50 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexanes to 100% EtOAc to afford the title compound as a clear oil (0.146 g, 30%): 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.34-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.40-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.00 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.26-0.07 (m, 6H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 295 [M+H] + .
Ethyl 2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylate (6b)
To a solution of ethyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)cyclopropanecarboxylate (1.45 g, 3.69 mmol) in THF (35 mL) under N 2 was added HF.pyridine (1.0 mL, 38 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h. After this time, additional HF.pyridine (1.0 mL, 38 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 19 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and diluted with Et 2 O (150 mL). The mixture was then carefully quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 until gas evolution ceased. At this time, the organic layer was separated and the remaining aqueous layer was extracted with Et 2 O (300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20%-50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded the title compound (0.960 g, 93%): 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.34-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.11-4.83 (m, 3H), 4.21 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.25 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.06 (m, 1H); ESI MS m/z 280 [M+H] + .
2-(Benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylic acid (7b)
To a 0° C. solution of ethyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylate (6b, 12.5 g, 44.7 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (24.7 g, 179.0 mmol) as a solution in H 2 O (300 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 4 h and then additional H 2 O (200 mL) was added. After stirring an additional 18 h at room temperature the reaction was concentrated to remove most of the THF. The remaining aqueous solution was washed with Et 2 O (2×500 mL), acidified with 2 N HCl to pH 2, and then extracted with EtOAc (5×200 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with brine (500 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compounds (7.75 g, 69%) as a mixture of diastereomers. The mixture was triturated with Et 2 O to afford a white solid as mostly the major diastereomers. The supernatant was concentrated and then triturated with Et 2 O to afford a clean mixture of both diastereomers. Major Diastereomer: 1 H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.50-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.22-4.96 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.60 (dd, J=8.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.10 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 250 [M−H] − . Mixture of Diastereomers: 1 H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.45-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.24-5.01 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 0.46H), 3.14-3.01 (m, 0.54H), 1.71-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.42 (dd, J=9.1, 6.4 Hz, 0.54H), 1.12 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 0.46H); Multimode (APCI+ESI) MS m/z 250 [M−H] − .
Representative Compounds
Example 1
6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-NCbz-paromomycin (2)
To a stirring solution of 4′,6′-benzyldene-per-Cbz-paromomycin (prepared as described in Hanessian S., et al., Can. J. Chem. 56:1482 (1978)) (1, 2.43 g, 1.77 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added pyridine (1.6 mL, 19.5 mmol), followed by DMAP (54 mg, 0.44 mmol) and p-nitrophenyl methyl carbonate (3.49 g, 17.7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 48 h. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL MeOH (5 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 15 min. The crude mixture was reduced under vacuum, diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, 1 N NaOH and brine. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→30% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methyl carbonate-4′,6′-benzyldene-per-Cbz-paromomycin (2, 2.74 g, 91%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 82 H 9I N 5 O 36 (M+H + ) 1722.5517, found 1722.5460; 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 156.80-154.00 (m, 11C), 137.20-136.20 (m, 6C), 129.20-126.50 (m, 30C), 106.70, 101.60, 101.10, 98.40, 81.90, 79.70, 79.40, 78.80, 76.30, 74.60, 74.00, 72.80, 72.40, 70.40, 68.70, 67.10-66.90 (m, 6C), 65.10, 63.70, 55.70-55.10 (m, 6C), 54.50, 51.10, 50.10, 49.40, 41.60, 33.70.
Compound 2 (2.74 g, 1.68) was dissolved in a minimum volume of CHCl 3 and was suspended in 80% aqueous AcOH (50 mL) and heated at 60° C. overnight. The acetic acid was removed by evaporation under high vacuum at 60° C., and the residue was neutralized with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 3 (2.38 g, 92%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 75 H 87 N 5 O 36 (M+H + ) 1634.5204, found 1634.5126; 13 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz) δ 156.48-153.66 (m, 11C), 136.27-135.96 (m, 5C), 128.41-127.81 (m, 25C), 106.42, 99.68, 98.10, 81.55, 81.02, 78.99, 78.50, 78.09, 77.12, 76.17, 74.41, 72.94, 72.48, 72.06, 70.04, 69.78, 66.71-66.61 (m, 5C), 65.10, 62.07, 55.36, 55.35, 55.11, 55.00, 54.82, 53.59, 51.06, 49.77, 49.14, 41.16, 33.12.
4′-O-mesyl-6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (4)
Compound 3 was dried by azeotroping three times with toluene. To a stirring solution of 3 (2.38 g, 1.45 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) at 0° C. was added TBSOTf (435 μL, 1.9 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr. The reaction was deemed complete by LRMS (6′-OTBS-inetrmediate: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 81 H 101 N 5 O 36 Si (M+H′) 1748.6068, found 1748.5987. Mesyl chloride (340 μL, 4.37 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred with warming to RT for 3 hr. The reaction was deemed complete by LRMS (4′-OMs-6′-OTBS intermediate: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 82 H 103 N 5 O 38 SSi (M+H + ) 1826.5844, found 1826.5764. Excess mesyl chloride was quenched with MeOH (300 μL) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The crude mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and 70% HF.pyr (3 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred overnight at 0° C. The reaction mixture was neutralized with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 and reduced under high-vacuum to a residue, which was diluted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 4 (2.41 g, 97%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 76 H 89 N 5 O 38 S (M+H + )1712.4979, found 1712.4921; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 158.90-155.46 (m, 11C), 138.42-138.16 (m, 5C), 129.67-128.95 (m, 25C), 109.58, 99.21, 97.87, 84.72, 81.12, 79.88, 79.61, 78.82, 77.04, 76.66, 76.14, 73.71, 73.45, 71.53, 71.27, 68.25-67.58 (m, 5C), 66.63, 61.62, 56.37-55.84 (m, 6C), 55.04, 51.28, 51.12, 50.84, 41.67, 38.77, 34.42.
6′-formyl-4′,5′-dehydro-6,3′,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-hexa-O-methylcarbonate-per-]Cbz-paromomycin (5)
To a stirring solution of 4 (2.41 g, 1.41 mmol, dried azeotroping three times with toluene) in DCM (40 mL) and Et 3 N (10 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a solution of DMSO (6 mL) pre-activated with py.SO 3 (2.0 g, 12.5 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and reduced under vacuum to a liquid residue which was diluted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→30% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 5 (2.08 g, 91%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 75 H 83 N 5 O 35 (M+Na + ) 1636.4761, found 1636.4703; 13 C NMR (DMSO, 100 MHz) δ 186.60, 156.23-153.46 (m, 11C), 148.37, 137.25-136.87 (m, 5C), 128.42-127.57 (m, 25C), 116.92, 107.43, 96.87, 82.38, 79.66, 78.10, 78.05, 77.31, 73.90, 71.59, 71.15, 70.92, 69.33, 65.78-65.27 (m, 5C), 65.00, 55.48-55.05 (m, 6C), 54.60, 50.47, 49.36, 49.27, 49.17, 49.09, 32.80.
6′-formyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (6)
To a stirring solution of 5 (1.0 g, 0.62 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added Et 3 N (950 μL, 6.81 mmol), followed by formic acid (240 μL, 6.19 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed under a flow of argon by successive freezing at −78° C. and sonication. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (28.4 mg, 0.031 mmol) and tributylphosphine (31 μL, 0.124 mmol) were then added and the reaction was heated at 60° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through silica and washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with sat. NaCl and concentrated to a residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (20→40% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 6 (928 mg, 97%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H 81 N 5 O 32 (M+H + ) 1540.4937, found 1540.4930; 13 C NMR (DMSO, 175 MHz) δ 186.18, 156.22-153.45 (m, 10C), 148.23, 137.26-136.87 (m, 5C), 128.42-127.56 (m, 25C), 121.47, 107.47, 96.86, 94.86, 82.49, 79.68, 79.24, 78.03, 77.67, 77.28, 73.89, 71.55, 71.12, 69.28, 65.72-65.43 (m, 5C), 65.27, 65.22, 55.49-54.70 (m, 5C), 49.33, 49.01, 46.69, 33.07, 23.46.
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-paromomycin (7)
To a stirring solution of 6 (928 mg, 0.602 mmol) in THY (10 mL) was added NaCNBH 3 (1.0 M in THF, 1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol) and 20 drops of AcOH. After stirring overnight, the reaction was filtered through silica and washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a residue, which was purified by flash chromatography (1→2% MeOH/DCM) to yield 7 (867 mg, 93%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H 83 N 5 O 32 (M+Na + ) 1564.4913, found 1564.4937 (1.53 ppm); 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 158.90-155.50 (m, 10C), 149.70, 138.50-138.40 (m, 5C), 129.70-128.90 (m, 25C), 109.40, 99.20, 98.90, 97.00, 84.30, 81.00, 79.90, 78.50, 78.20, 76.50, 73.80, 73.50, 71.40, 67.90-67.60 (m, 5C), 67.10, 63.10, 56.40-55.80 (m, 5C), 51.20, 51.10, 50.80, 48.60, 41.80, 35.20, 23.99.
6′-azido-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-6,2″,5″,3′″,4′″-penta-O-methylcarbonate-per-Cbz-neomycin (8)
To a stirring solution of 7 (866 mg, 0.561 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. was added diphenylphosphoryl azide (160 μL, 0.73 mmol), followed by DBU (110 μL, 0.73 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. It was then heated to 50° C. for 5 hr. The reaction was quenched with water, and the organic solvent was removed under vacuum. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (10→20% EtOAc/DCM) to yield 8 (807 mg, 92%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 73 H s2 N 8 O 31 (M+H + )1567.5159, found 1567.5113; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 157.40-153.94 (m, 10C), 144.60, 136.94-136.75 (m, 5C), 128.21-127.40 (m, 25C), 107.94, 99.37, 97.62, 95.86, 82.97, 79.57, 78.28, 77.76, 77.10, 74.74, 72.24, 71.97, 69.79, 66.34, 66.34, 66.24, 66.19, 66.04, 65.16, 54.87, 54.69, 54.68, 54.61, 54.18, 52.35, 49.58, 49.57, 49.25, 46.88, 40.20, 33.21, 22.30. FTIR: 3367, 2102, 1754, 1725, 1519, 1442, 1257 cm −1 .
6′-azido-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-per-Cbz-neomycin (9)
Azide 8 (755 mg, 0.482 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8 and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was neutralized with AcOH (5 to 10 drops), and reduced under vacuum to give a crude, which was filtered through a short silica pad washing with 10% MeOH/DCM. The organic layer was concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (2→3% MeOH/DCM) to yield 9 (488 mg, 79%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 72 N 8 O 21 (M+H + ) 1277.4885, found 1277.4864 (−1.59 ppm); 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 157.44-156.39 (m, 5C), 144.22, 136.51-136.29 (m, 5C), 127.75-126.71 (m, 25C), 108.85, 98.9, 98.51, 95.16, 85.44, 81.89, 77.19, 76.58, 73.98, 73.76, 72.82, 69.8, 67.42, 66.14, 65.84-65.75 (m, 5C), 61.54, 52.35, 51.94, 51.09, 49.38, 40.76, 33.52, 21.56. FTIR: 3368, 2101, 1699, 1524, 1245, 1040 cm −1 .
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (10)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 9 (29.5 mg, 0.023 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→20% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (15 μL) and lyophilized to yield 10 (7.3 mg, 33%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 23 H 44 N 6 O 11 (M+H + )603.2960, found 603.2957; [α] D =+32.6 (c 0.33, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 400 MHz) δ 5.64 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (d, J=1.54 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (d, J=2.80 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J=3.52, 3.52 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (t, J=5.44, 5.44 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dd, J=4.98, 2.85 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J=5.74, 4.07, 1.15 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J=3.10, 3.10 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (dt, J=5.62, 5.54, 3.46 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=9.70, 9.70 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dt, J=5.60, 5.43, 1.33 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=12.15, 3.47 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.74 (t, J=9.14, 9.14 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.54 (ddd, J=2.72, 1.60, 0.96 Hz, 1H), 3.43-3.32 (m, 3H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.62 (ddd, J=18.12, 5.00, 3.59 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (td, J=12.50, 3.98, 3.98 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (td, J=18.58, 4.19, 4.19 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (dd, J=24.63, 11.99 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 100 MHz) δ 180.40, 143.01, 109.92, 100.09, 96.26, 95.29, 83.54, 81.20, 78.04, 75.85, 73.01, 71.66, 69.80, 67.29, 66.96, 60.94, 50.50, 49.54, 47.93, 45.46, 40.09, 40.06, 28.08, 22.66, 22.52; CLND 94.8% purity.
Example 2
4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-paromomycin (2)
Alcohol 1 (100 mg, 0.065 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8 and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was neutralized with AcOH (drops), and reduced under vacuum to give a crude, which was filtered through a short silica pad washing with 10% MeOH/DCM. The organic layer was concentrated to give a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (3→5% MeOH/DCM) to yield 2 (65 mg, 80%) as a white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 73 N 5 O 22 (M+Na + )1274.4639, found 1274.4615; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 157.83-157.12 (m, 5C), 148.13, 136.88-136.70 (m, 5C), 128.17-127.13 (m, 25C), 109.05, 98.82, 97.43, 94.96, 85.72, 82.21, 77.46, 75.60, 74.38, 74.09, 73.23, 70.17, 67.79, 66.50-66.08 (m, 6C), 61.86, 61.60, 52.73, 51.46, 49.87, 41.15, 34.28, 22.07.
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (65 mg, 0.052 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→20% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (50 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (33.9 mg, 80%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 23 H 43 N 5 O 12 (M+H + ) 582.2981, found 582.2982; [α] D =+33.8 (c 1.10, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz) δ 5.44 (d, J=0.63 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=0.98 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=1.84 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (t, J=3.48, 3.48 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J=5.89, 5.37 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J=4.66, 2.06 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=2.97, 2.97 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dt, J=5.88, 5.82, 3.34 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (t, J=9.76, 9.76 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.75 (dt, J=5.57, 5.44, 1.00 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (dd, J=12.17, 3.19 Hz, 1H), 3.65-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.62 (t, J=9.18, 9.18 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (dd, J=12.11, 5.56 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (t, J=9.84, 9.84 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.32 (ddd, J=12.70, 10.77, 4.12 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.62, 6.73 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.46 (ddd, J=7.79, 4.82, 3.39 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (td, J=12.20, 3.97, 3.97 Hz, 1H), 2.15 (td, J=8.28, 3.89, 3.89 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (q, J=12.62, 12.62, 12.60 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz) δ 180.92, 148.97, 110.35, 97.08, 96.34, 95.32, 83.71, 81.18, 77.88, 75.81, 73.11, 71.69, 70.08, 67.55, 67.16, 61.11, 60.70, 50.72, 49.64, 48.22, 45.89, 40.28, 27.78, 22.91, 22.81; CLND 98.2% purity.
Example 3
1,3,2′,2′″,6′″-N-Cbz-6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-neomycin (2)
Aldehyde 1 (85 mg, 0.053 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8. The reaction was stirred for 5 hr at room temperature, and LRMS indicated complete deprotection of the methylcarbonates (HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 71 N 5 O 23 (M+Na + ) 1288.4432, found 1288.44620. The reaction mixture was acidified with AcOH (100 μL), cooled to 0° C., and methylamine (80 μL, 2 M in THF, 0.16 mmol) was added, followed by NaCNBH 3 (100 μL, 1 M in THF, 0.10 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with water (1 mL), and the organic solvents were removed by evaporation. The reaction was then diluted with DCM, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→9% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (44.6 mg, 66%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd. for C 64 H 76 N 6 O 22 (M+H + ) 1281.5085, found 1281.5059; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 157.44-156.74 (m, 5C), 147.04, 136.50-136.21 (m, 5C), 127.83-126.87 (m, 5C), 108.91, 102.55, 98.53, 97.90, 84.77, 81.83, 79.39, 76.70, 74.01, 73.70, 72.77, 69.80, 67.38, 66.22, 65.88-65.73 (m, 5C), 63.23, 61.58, 54.03, 52.31, 51.20, 50.99, 49.86, 40.76, 32.88.
6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-neomycin (3)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (39.1 mg, 0.030 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→25% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (30 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (24.4 mg, 82%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 24 H 46 N 6 O 12 (M+H + ) 611.3246, found 611.3244; [α] D =+55.4 (c 0.66, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz) δ 5.55 (d, J=0.59 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=3.99 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.37 (t, J=5.62, 5.62 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J=3.32, 3.32 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=3.04, 3.04 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J=9.76, 8.98 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (td, J=5.15, 4.03, 4.03 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.64 (dd, J=12.39, 4.99 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.41 (t, J=10.17, 10.17 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=13.59, 6.81 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J=11.77 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=25.43, 13.23 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz) δ 180.26, 144.52, 109.43, 104.61, 96.18, 95.48, 82.58, 81.40, 78.46, 75.75, 73.18, 71.81, 70.08, 67.59, 67.15, 61.86, 60.71, 51.41, 50.73, 49.73, 49.08, 48.11, 40.36, 32.23, 27.88, 22.53; CLND 98.3% purity.
Example 4
1,3,2′,2′″,6′″-N-Cbz-6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (2)
Aldehyde 1 (94 mg, 0.061 mmol) was dissolved in freshly prepared NaOMe in MeOH diluted to approx. pH 8. The reaction was stirred for 5 hr at room temperature, and LRMS indicated complete deprotection of the methylcarbonates (HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 63 H 71 N 5 O 22 (M+Na + ) 1272.4483, found 1272.4472. The reaction mixture was acidified with AcOH (100 μL), cooled to 0° C., and methylamine (91 μL, 2 M in THF, 0.18 mmol) was added, followed by NaCNBH 3 (120 μL, 1 M in THF, 0.12 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight with warming to rt. The reaction was quenched with water (1 mL), and the organic solvents were removed by evaporation. The reaction was then diluted with DCM, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→8% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (44.5 mg, 58%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd. for C 64 H 76 N 6 O 21 (M+H + )1265.5136, found 1265.5137; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 159.30-158.50 (m, 5C), 147.90, 138.30-138.20 (m, 5C), 129.68-128.68 (m, 25C), 110.30, 100.40, 99.10, 97.20, 87.10, 83.70, 79.00, 78.60, 75.70, 75.70, 74.80, 71.70, 69.30, 68.00, 67.73-67.70 (m, 5C), 63.30, 53.80, 52.90, 51.60, 47.00, 42.70, 35.50, 35.20, 23.60.
6′-N-methyl-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (3)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 2 (44.5 mg, 0.035 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:15→25% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (30 μL) and lyophilized to yield 3 (25.1 mg, 74%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 24 H 46 N 6 O 11 (M+H + ) 595.3297, found 595.3286; [α] D =+29.0 (c 0.61, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz□ δ 5.54 (d, J=0.59 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=0.87 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (t, J=3.26, 3.26 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=2.50 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=5.48, 5.48 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J=4.68, 2.82 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J=5.31, 4.75 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (t, J=3.04, 3.04 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dt, J=5.73, 5.72, 3.69 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=9.73, 9.73 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dt, J=6.11, 5.95, 1.80 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (dd, J=12.20, 3.27 Hz, 1H), 3.67-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.56 (dd, J=12.16, 5.55 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.79, 3.88 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dt, J=12.48, 12.27, 4.05 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.52 (ddd, J=8.42, 5.22, 3.81 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (ddd, J=13.80, 4.87, 4.12 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (ddd, J=7.74, 4.87, 4.13 Hz, 1H), 1.63 (dd, J=25.31, 12.68 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D 2 O, 175 MHz□ δ 181.22, 141.71, 110.27, 102.52, 96.47, 95.51, 83.92, 81.37, 78.43, 75.94, 73.21, 71.98, 70.06, 67.59, 67.22, 61.09, 50.75, 49.83, 49.32, 48.16, 45.63, 40.31, 31.87, 28.51, 23.10, 22.90; CLND 94.3% purity.
Example 5
6′-azido-1,6-4′″,6′″-biscarbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (2)
To a stirring solution of 1 (100 mg. 0.078 mmol, dried by azeotroping with toluene) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added KHMDS (470 μL, 0.235 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred overnight at 0° C. The reaction was quenched with AcOH (30 μL), concentrated under high-vac. at 50° C., and the residue was filtered through a 0.45 μm syringe filter washing with THF. Solvent evaporation gave a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (5→7→8% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 2 (48.9 mg, 59%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 49 H 56 N 8 O 19 M+H + )1061.3734, found 1061.3729; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 160.61, 157.14, 156.84, 156.34, 153.21, 144.25, 136.32-136.28, 127.77-127.06, 107.73, 98.92, 97.20, 95.57, 83.04, 81.72, 78.32, 77.85, 76.19, 74.40, 72.80, 67.56, 66.33, 66.09, 65.86, 62.96, 61.99, 53.54, 51.90, 51.79, 50.85, 46.72, 43.14, 31.40, 21.50. FTIR: 3381, 2102, 1698, 1429, 1348, 1038.
6′-azido-4′″,6′″-carbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (3)
To a stirring solution of 2 (47 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 0.5 M LiOH (530 μL, 0.266 mmol), and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was diluted with THF (10 mL) and filtered through a 0.45 μm syringe filter washing with THF. The solvents were reduced under vacuum at 60° C. and the residue was redissolved in 2 mL THF and re-filtered. Solvent evaporation gave crude 3, which was dried under high vacuum for 3 hr and used in the next step without further purification.
6′-azido-1-(N-Cbz-2(S)hydroxyl-4-amino-butyryl)-4′″,6′″-carbamate-3,2′,2′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (4)
To a stirring solution of N-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butiric acid (22.3 mg, 0.088 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added N-hydroxysuccinimide (10.1 mg, 0.088 mmol), followed by DIPEA (46 μL, 0.155 mmol), EDC (18.6 mg, 0.097 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. A solution of 3 (0.044 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was then added and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl, concentrated under vacuum, diluted with DCM and washed with 2 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to a crude, which was purified by flash chromatography (9→10% MeOH containing 10% NH 4 OH/DCM) to yield 4 (21.1 mg, 38%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 60 H 71 N 9 O 22 (M+H + ) 1270.4785; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz) δ 175.12, 157.17-156.37 (m, 4C), 153.17, 144.23, 136.59-136.31 (m, 4C), 127.80-126.94 (m, 20C), 108.51, 98.94, 97.79, 95.10, 85.24, 81.60, 77.70, 76.84, 76.37, 74.33, 73.56, 69.04, 67.50, 66.08, 66.04, 65.75, 65.66, 62.85, 61.53, 51.95, 51.77, 49.46, 49.15, 46.82, 43.09, 36.27, 33.79, 32.89, 21.50; FTIR: 3369, 2102, 1698, 1429, 1040 cm −1 .
6′-azido-1-(N-Cbz-2(S)-hydroxyl-4-amino-butyryl)-3,2′,2′″,6′″-Cbz-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (4)
To a stirring solution of 4 (21.1 mg, 0.0167 mmol, dried by azeotroping with toluene) in anhydrous benzyl alcohol (2 mL) was added sodium benzyloxide (100 μL, 1 M in benzyl alcohol, 0.10 mmol) dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 16 hr. The reaction was quenched with AcOH (10 μL, 0.17 mmol) and diluted with benzyl alcohol (20 mL). the reaction mixture was purified by flash chromatography (4→8% MeOH/DCM) yielding 5 (19.5 mg, 85%) as an off-white amorphous solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 67 H 79 N 9 O 23 (M+Na + ) 1400.5181, found 1400.5180; 13 C NMR (MeOD, 175 MHz) δ 175.50, 157.82-156.74 (m, 5C), 144.61, 136.98-136.66 (m, 5C), 128.14-127.13 (m, 25C), 109.20, 99.29, 98.84, 95.57, 85.73, 82.26, 77.47, 76.99, 74.06, 73.85, 73.20, 70.17, 69.40, 67.80, 66.53, 66.22, 66.19, 66.11, 66.03, 61.90, 52.72, 52.33, 49.81, 49.48, 48.13, 41.16, 36.63, 34.16, 33.30, 21.92; FTIR: 3380, 2102, 1693, 1431, 1527, 1031 cm −1 .
1-(2(S)-hydroxy-4-amino-butyryl)-4′,5′-dehydro-3′-deoxy-neomycin (6)
Ammonia (6 mL) was condensed into a two-neck flask equipped with a cold finger condenser at −78° C. A solution of 5 (31.5 mg, 0.023 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added, followed by tBuOH (drop) and sodium metal (25 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at −78° C. until the color became deep blue. After 5 min, LRMS analysis showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched with AcOH (100 μl). The ammonia was slowly evaporated by bubbling argon through the solution, and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography (CHCl 3 :MeOH:10→30% NH 4 OH) to yield a crude. Traces of silica were removed by lyophilizing and filtering twice through a 0.45 μm syringe filter, yielding the title compound as its free base, which was dissolved in water, treated with AcOH (20 μL) and lyophilized to yield 6 (14.2 mg, 63%) as its acetate salt: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 27 H 51 N 7 O 13 (M+H + ) 682.3618, found 682.3620; [α] D =+ 27.5 (c 0.71, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 700 MHz□ δ 5.57 (d, J=1.20 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=2.45 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (t, J=3.76, 3.76 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J=5.92, 5.26 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J=4.90, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J=8.16, 3.89 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=3.10, 3.10 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dt, J=5.69, 5.65, 3.42 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (dd, J=10.11, 9.43 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (ddd, J=5.73, 4.46, 1.33 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (ddd, J=12.31, 10.60, 4.29 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J=12.05, 3.29 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J=4.11, 2.52 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=9.20 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=12.14, 5.40 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=4.03 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (dd, J=11.80, 7.96 Hz, 1H), 3.46-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.37 (ddd, J=12.69, 10.58, 4.27 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=13.64, 6.67 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=13.61, 3.91 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.55 (ddd, J=8.48, 4.59, 3.48 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (td, J=18.83, 4.15, 4.15 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (td, J=12.79, 4.31, 4.31 Hz, 1H), 2.03 (dddd, J=12.09, 8.11, 6.62, 3.87 Hz, 1H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.66 (q, J=12.64, 12.64, 12.63 Hz, 1H); 13 C NMR (D2O, 175 MHz) δ 179.32, 175.54, 143.32, 110.23, 100.43, 96.74, 95.36, 84.43, 81.21, 78.13, 75.88, 73.16, 72.88, 70.04, 69.43, 67.58, 67.19, 61.14, 50.74, 48.66, 48.52, 45.74, 40.45, 40.35, 36.48, 30.79, 29.48, 23.02, 21.95; CLND 96% purity.
Other Representative Compounds
The following representative compounds may be prepared according to the foregoing procedures.
MIC Assay Protocol
Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC) were determined by reference Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) broth microdilution methods per M7-A7 [2006]. Quality control ranges utilizing E. coli ATCC 25922, P. aeruginosa ATCC 27853 and S. aureus ATCC 29213, and interpretive criteria for comparator agents were as published in CLSI M100-S17 [2007]. Briefly, serial two-fold dilutions of the test compounds were prepared at 2× concentration in Mueller Hinton Broth. The compound dilutions were mixed in 96-well assay plates in a 1:1 ratio with bacterial inoculum. The inoculum was prepared by suspension of a colony from an agar plate that was prepared the previous day. Bacteria were suspended in sterile saline and added to each assay plate to obtain a final concentration of 5×10 5 CFU/mL. The plates were incubated at 35 C for 20 hours in ambient air. The MIC was determined to be the lowest concentration of the test compound that resulted in no visible bacterial growth as compared to untreated control. Data for certain representative compounds is shown in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Representative
Example #/Compound #
AECO001
APAE001
1/10
B
A
2/3
C
C
3/3
B
A
4/3
B
B
5/6
A
A
* AECO001 is ATCC25922 and APAE001 is ATCC27853.
** MIC Key:
MIC's of 1.0 μg/mL or less = A
MIC's of greater than 1.0 μg/mL to 16.0 μg/mL = B
MIC's of greater than 16.0 μg/mL = C
All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety to the extent not inconsistent with the present description.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
You are contracting for Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs
Expert Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs
You are commenting for Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs